JSEMTS搜尋引擎
 

FOUNDATION

ISAAC ASIMOV

------------------------------------------------------------------------

Contents

Introduction

Part I The Psychohistorians

Part II The Encyclopedists

Part III The Mayors

Part IV The Traders

Part V The Merchant Princes

------------------------------------------------------------------------

THE STORY BEHIND THE "FOUNDATION"

By ISAAC ASIMOV

------------------------------------------------------------------------

The date was August 1, 1941. World War II had been raging for two years.
France had fallen, the Battle of Britain had been fought, and the Soviet
Union had just been invaded by Nazi Germany. The bombing of Pearl Harbor
was four months in the future.

But on that day, with Europe in flames, and the evil shadow of Adolf Hitler
apparently falling over all the world, what was chiefly on my mind was a
meeting toward which I was hastening.

I was 21 years old, a graduate student in chemistry at Columbia University,
and I had been writing science fiction professionally for three years. In
that time, I had sold five stories to John Campbell, editor of Astounding,
and the fifth story, "Nightfall," was about to appear in the September 1941
issue of the magazine. I had an appointment to see Mr. Campbell to tell him
the plot of a new story I was planning to write, and the catch was that I
had no plot in mind, not the trace of one.

I therefore tried a device I sometimes use. I opened a book at random and
set up free association, beginning with whatever I first saw. The book I
had with me was a collection of the Gilbert and Sullivan plays. I happened
to open it to the picture of the Fairy Queen of lolanthe throwing herself
at the feet of Private Willis. I thought of soldiers, of military empires,
of the Roman Empire of a Galactic Empire aha!

Why shouldn't I write of the fall of the Galactic Empire and of the return
of feudalism, written from the viewpoint of someone in the secure days of
the Second Galactic Empire? After all, I had read Gibbon's Decline and Fall
of the Roman Empire not once, but twice.

I was bubbling over by the time I got to Campbell's, and my enthusiasm must
have been catching for Campbell blazed up as I had never seen him do. In
the course of an hour we built up the notion of a vast series of connected
stories that were to deal in intricate detail with the thousand-year period
between the First and Second Galactic Empires. This was to be illuminated
by the science of psychohistory, which Campbell and I thrashed out between
us.

On August 11, 1941, therefore, I began the story of that interregnum and
called it "Foundation." In it, I described how the psychohistorian, Hari
Seldon, established a pair of Foundations at opposite ends of the Universe
under such circumstances as to make sure that the forces of history would
bring about the second Empire after one thousand years instead of the
thirty thousand that would be required otherwise.

The story was submitted on September 8 and, to make sure that Campbell
really meant what he said about a series, I ended "Foundation" on a
cliff-hanger. Thus, it seemed to me, he would be forced to buy a second
story.

However, when I started the second story (on October 24), I found that I
had outsmarted myself. I quickly wrote myself into an impasse, and the
Foundation series would have died an ignominious death had I not had a
conversation with Fred Pohl on November 2 (on the Brooklyn Bridge, as it
happened). I don't remember what Fred actually said, but, whatever it was,
it pulled me out of the hole.

"Foundation" appeared in the May 1942 issue of As tounding and the
succeeding story, "Bridle and Saddle," in the June 1942 issue.

After that there was only the routine trouble of writing the stories.
Through the remainder of the decade, John Campbell kept my nose to the
grindstone and made sure he got additional Foundation stories.

"The Big and the Little" was in the August 1944 Astounding, "The Wedge" in
the October 1944 issue, and "Dead Hand" in the April 1945 issue. (These
stories were written while I was working at the Navy Yard in Philadelphia.)

On January 26, 1945, I began "The Mule," my personal favorite among the
Foundation stories, and the longest yet, for it was 50,000 words. It was
printed as a two-part serial (the very first serial I was ever responsible
for) in the November and December 1945 issues. By the time the second part
appeared I was in the army.

After I got out of the army, I wrote "Now You See It which appeared in
the January 1948 issue. By this time, though, I had grown tired of the
Foundation stories so I tried to end them by setting up, and solving, the
mystery of the location of the Second Foundation. Campbell would have none
of that, however. He forced me to change the ending, and made me promise I
would do one more Foundation story.

Well, Campbell was the kind of editor who could not be denied, so I wrote
one more Foundation story, vowing to myself that it would be the last. I
called it "nd Now You Don't," and it appeared as a three-part serial in
the November 1949, December 1949, and January 1950 issues of Astounding.

By then, I was on the biochemistry faculty of Boston University School of
Medicine, my first book had just been published, and I was determined to
move on to new things. I had spent eight years on the Foundation, written
nine stories with a total of about 220,000 words. My total earnings for the
series came to $3,641 and that seemed enough. The Foundation was over and
done with, as far as I was concerned.

In 1950, however, hardcover science fiction was just coming into existence.
I had no objection to earning a little more money by having the Foundation
series reprinted in book form. I offered the series to Doubleday (which had
already published a science-fiction novel by me, and which had contracted
for another) and to Little-Brown, but both rejected it. In that year,
though, a small publishing firm, Gnome Press, was beginning to be active,
and it was prepared to do the Foundation series as three books.

The publisher of Gnome felt, however, that the series began too abruptly.
He persuaded me to write a small Foundation story, one that would serve as
an introductory section to the first book (so that the first part of the
Foundation series was the last written).

In 1951, the Gnome Press edition of Foundation was published, containing
the introduction and the first four stories of the series. In 1952,
Foundation and Empire appeared, with the fifth and sixth stories; and in
1953, Second Foundation appeared, with the seventh and eighth stories. The
three books together came to be called The Foundation Trilogy.

The mere fact of the existence of the Trilogy pleased me, but Gnome Press
did not have the financial clout or the publishing knowhow to get the books
distributed properly, so that few copies were sold and fewer still paid me
royalties. (Nowadays, copies of first editions of those Gnome Press books
sell at $50 a copy and uput I still get no royalties from them.)

Ace Books did put out paperback editions of Foundation and of Foundation
and Empire, but they changed the titles, and used cut versions. Any money
that was involved was paid to Gnome Press and I didn't see much of that. In
the first decade of the existence of The Foundation Trilogy it may have
earned something like $1500 total.

And yet there was some foreign interest. In early 1961, Timothy Seldes, who
was then my editor at Doubleday, told me that Doubleday had received a
request for the Portuguese rights for the Foundation series and, since they
weren't Doubleday books, he was passing them on to me. I sighed and said,
"The heck with it, Tim. I don't get royalties on those books."

Seldes was horrified, and instantly set about getting the books away from
Gnome Press so that Doubleday could publish them instead. He paid no
attention to my loudly expressed fears that Doubleday "would lose its shirt
on them." In August 1961 an agreement was reached and the Foundation books
became Doubleday property. What's more, Avon Books, which had published a
paperback version of Second Foundation, set about obtaining the rights to
all three from Doubleday, and put out nice editions.

From that moment on, the Foundation books took off and began to earn
increasing royalties. They have sold well and steadily, both in hardcover
and softcover, for two decades so far. Increasingly, the letters I received
from the readers spoke of them in high praise. They received more attention
than all my other books put together.

Doubleday also published an omnibus volume, The Foundation Trilogy, for its
Science Fiction Book Club. That omnibus volume has been continuously
featured by the Book Club for over twenty years.

Matters reached a climax in 1966. The fans organizing the World Science
Fiction Convention for that year (to be held in Cleveland) decided to award
a Hugo for the best all-time series, where the series, to qualify, had to
consist of at least three connected novels. It was the first time such a
category had been set up, nor has it been repeated since. The Foundation
series was nominated, and I felt that was going to have to be glory enough
for me, since I was sure that Tolkien's "Lord of the Rings" would win.

It didn't. The Foundation series won, and the Hugo I received for it has
been sitting on my bookcase in the livingroom ever since.

In among all this litany of success, both in money and in fame, there was
one annoying side-effect. Readers couldn't help but notice that the books
of the Foundation series covered only three hundred-plus years of the
thousand-year hiatus between Empires. That meant the Foundation series
"wasn't finished." I got innumerable letters from readers who asked me to
finish it, from others who demanded I finish it, and still others who
threatened dire vengeance if I didn't finish it. Worse yet, various editors
at Doubleday over the years have pointed out that it might be wise to
finish it.

It was flattering, of course, but irritating as well. Years had passed,
then decades. Back in the 1940s, I had been in a Foundation-writing mood.
Now I wasn't. Starting in the late 1950s, I had been in a more and more
nonfiction-writing mood.

That didn't mean I was writing no fiction at all. In the 1960s and 1970s,
in fact, I wrote two science-fiction novels and a mystery novel, to say
nothing of well over a hundred short stories but about eighty percent of
what I wrote was nonfiction.

One of the most indefatigable nags in the matter of finishing the
Foundation series was my good friend, the great science-fiction writer,
Lester del Rey. He was constantly telling me I ought to finish the series
and was just as constantly suggesting plot devices. He even told Larry
Ashmead, then my editor at Doubleday, that if I refused to write more
Foundation stories, he, Lester, would be willing to take on the task.

When Ashmead mentioned this to me in 1973, I began another Foundation novel
out of sheer desperation. I called it "Lightning Rod" and managed to write
fourteen pages before other tasks called me away. The fourteen pages were
put away and additional years passed.

In January 1977, Cathleen Jordan, then my editor at Doubleday, suggested I
do "an important book a Foundation novel, perhaps." I said, "I'd rather
do an autobiography," and I did 640,000 words of it.

In January 1981, Doubleday apparently lost its temper. At least, Hugh
O'Neill, then my editor there, said, "Betty Prashker wants to see you," and
marched me into her office. She was then one of the senior editors, and a
sweet and gentle person.

She wasted no time. "Isaac," she said, "you are going to write a novel for
us and you are going to sign a contract to that effect."

"Betty," I said, "I am already working on a big science book for Doubleday
and I have to revise the Biographical Encyclopedia for Doubleday and

"It can all wait," she said. "You are going to sign a contract to do a
novel. What's more, we're going to give you a $50,000 advance."

That was a stunner. I don't like large advances. They put me under too
great an obligation. My average advance is something like $3,000. Why not?
It's all out of royalties.

I said, "That's way too much money, Betty."

"No, it isn't," she said.

"Doubleday will lose its shirt," I said.

"You keep telling us that all the time. It won't."

I said, desperately, "All right. Have the contract read that I don't get
any money until I notify you in writing that I have begun the novel."

"Are you crazy?" she said. "You'll never start if that clause is in the
contract. You get $25,000 on signing the contract, and $25,000 on
delivering a completed manuscript."

"But suppose the novel is no good."

"Now you're being silly," she said, and she ended the conversation.

That night, Pat LoBrutto, the science-fiction editor at Doubleday called to
express his pleasure. "And remember," he said, "that when we say 'novel' we
mean 'science-fiction novel,' not anything else. And when we say
'science-fiction novel,' we mean 'Foundation novel' and not anything else."

On February 5, 1981, I signed the contract, and within the week, the
Doubleday accounting system cranked out the check for $25,000.

I moaned that I was not my own master anymore and Hugh O'Neill said,
cheerfully, "That's right, and from now on, we're going to call every other
week and say, 'Where's the manuscript? (But they didn't. They left me
strictly alone, and never even asked for a progress report.)

Nearly four months passed while I took care of a vast number of things I
had to do, but about the end of May, I picked up my own copy of The
Foundation Trilogy and began reading.

I had to. For one thing, I hadn't read the Trilogy in thirty years and
while I remembered the general plot, I did not remember the details.
Besides, before beginning a new Foundation novel I had to immerse myself in
the style and atmosphere of the series.

I read it with mounting uneasiness. I kept waiting for something to happen,
and nothing ever did. All three volumes, all the nearly quarter of a
million words, consisted of thoughts and of conversations. No action. No
physical suspense.

What was all the fuss about, then? Why did everyone want more of that
stuff? To be sure, I couldn't help but notice that I was turning the
pages eagerly, and that I was upset when I finished the book, and that I
wanted more, but I was the author, for goodness' sake. You couldn't go by
me.

I was on the edge of deciding it was all a terrible mistake and of
insisting on giving back the money, when (quite by accident, I swear) I
came across some sentences by science-fiction writer and critic, James
Gunn, who, in connection with the Foundation series, said, "Action and
romance have little to do with the success of the Trilogy virtually all
the action takes place offstage, and the romance is almost invisible but
the stories provide a detective-story fascination with the permutations and
reversals of ideas."

Oh, well, if what was needed were "permutations and reversals of ideas,"
then that I could supply. Panic receded, and on June 10, 1981, I dug out
the fourteen pages I had written more than eight years before and reread
them. They sounded good to me. I didn't remember where I had been headed
back then, but I had worked out what seemed to me to be a good ending now,
and, starting page 15 on that day, I proceeded to work toward the new
ending.

I found, to my infinite relief, that I had no trouble getting back into a
"Foundation-mood," and, fresh from my rereading, I had Foundation history
at my finger-tips.

There were differences, to be sure:

1) The original stories were written for a science-fiction magazine and
were from 7,000 to 50,000 words long, and no more. Consequently, each book
in the trilogy had at least two stories and lacked unity. I intended to
make the new book a single story.

2) I had a particularly good chance for development since Hugh said, "Let
the book find its own length, Isaac. We don't mind a long book." So I
planned on 140,000 words, which was nearly three times the length of "The
Mule," and this gave me plenty of elbow-room, and I could add all sorts of
little touches.

3) The Foundation series had been written at a time when our knowledge of
astronomy was primitive compared with what it is today. I could take
advantage of that and at least mention black holes, for instance. I could
also take advantage of electronic computers, which had not been invented
until I was half through with the series.

The novel progressed steadily, and on January 17, 1982, I began final copy.
I brought the manuscript to Hugh O'Neill in batches, and the poor fellow
went half-crazy since he insisted on reading it in this broken fashion. On
March 25, 1982, I brought in the last bit, and the very next day got the
second half of the advance.

I had kept "Lightning Rod" as my working title all the way through, but
Hugh finally said, "Is there any way of putting 'Foundation' into the
title, Isaac?" I suggested Foundations at Bay, therefore, and that may be
the title that will actually be used. *

You will have noticed that I have said nothing about the plot of the new
Foundation novel. Well, naturally. I would rather you buy and read the
book.

And yet there is one thing I have to confess to you. I generally manage to
tie up all the loose ends into one neat little bow-knot at the end of my
stories, no matter how complicated the plot might be. In this case,
however, I noticed that when I was all done, one glaring little item
remained unresolved.

I am hoping no one else notices it because it clearly points the way to the
continuation of the series.

It is even possible that I inadvertently gave this away for at the end of
the novel, I wrote: "The End (for now)."

I very much fear that if the novel proves successful, Doubleday will be at
my throat again, as Campbell used to be in the old days. And yet what can I
do but hope that the novel is very successful indeed. What a quandary!

*Editor's note: The novel was published in October 1982 as Foundation's
Edge.

------------------------------------------------------------------------

PART I

THE PSYCHOHISTORIANS

1.

HARI SELDON.. born in the 11,988th year of the Galactic Era; died 12,069.
The dates are more commonly given in terms of the current Foundational Era
as 79 to the year 1 F.E. Born to middle-class parents on Helicon,
Arcturus sector (where his father, in a legend of doubtful authenticity,
was a tobacco grower in the hydroponic plants of the planet), he early
showed amazing ability in mathematics. Anecdotes concerning his ability are
innumerable, and some are contradictory. At the age of two, he is said to
have ...

... Undoubtedly his greatest contributions were in the field of
psychohistory. Seldon found the field little more than a set of vague
axioms; he left it a profound statistical science....

... The best existing authority we have for the details of his life is the
biography written by Gaal Dornick who. as a young man, met Seldon two years
before the great mathematician's death. The story of the meeting ...

ENCYCLOPEDIA GALACTICA*

* All quotations from the Encyclopedia Galactica here reproduced are taken
from the 116th Edition published in 1020 F.E. by the Encyclopedia Galactica
Publishing Co., Terminus, with permission of the publishers.

His name was Gaal Dornick and he was just a country boy who had never seen
Trantor before. That is, not in real life. He had seen it many times on the
hyper-video, and occasionally in tremendous three-dimensional newscasts
covering an Imperial Coronation or the opening of a Galactic Council. Even
though he had lived all his life on the world of Synnax, which circled a
star at the edges of the Blue Drift, he was not cut off from civilization,
you see. At that time, no place in the Galaxy was.

There were nearly twenty-five million inhabited planets in the Galaxy then,
and not one but owed allegiance to the Empire whose seat was on Trantor. It
was the last halfcentury in which that could be said.

To Gaal, this trip was the undoubted climax of his young, scholarly life.
He had been in space before so that the trip, as a voyage and nothing more,
meant little to him. To be sure, he had traveled previously only as far as
Synnax's only satellite in order to get the data on the mechanics of meteor
driftage which he needed for his dissertation, but space-travel was all one
whether one travelled half a million miles, or as many light years.

He had steeled himself just a little for the Jump through hyper-space, a
phenomenon one did not experience in simple interplanetary trips. The Jump
remained, and would probably remain forever, the only practical method of
travelling between the stars. Travel through ordinary space could proceed
at no rate more rapid than that of ordinary light (a bit of scientific
knowledge that belonged among the items known since the forgotten dawn of
human history), and that would have meant years of travel between even the
nearest of inhabited systems. Through hyper-space, that unimaginable region
that was neither space nor time, matter nor energy, something nor nothing,
one could traverse the length of the Galaxy in the interval between two
neighboring instants of time.

Gaal had waited for the first of those Jumps with a little dread curled
gently in his stomach, and it ended in nothing more than a trifling jar, a
little internal kick which ceased an instant before he could be sure he had
felt it. That was all.

And after that, there was only the ship, large and glistening; the cool
production of 12,000 years of Imperial progress; and himself, with his
doctorate in mathematics freshly obtained and an invitation from the great
Hari Seldon to come to Trantor and join the vast and somewhat mysterious
Seldon Project.

What Gaal was waiting for after the disappointment of the Jump was that
first sight of Trantor. He haunted the View-room. The steel shutter-lids
were rolled back at announced times and he was always there, watching the
hard brilliance of the stars, enjoying the incredible hazy swarm of a star
cluster, like a giant conglomeration of fire-flies caught in mid-motion and
stilled forever, At one time there was the cold, blue-white smoke of a
gaseous nebula within five light years of the ship, spreading over the
window like distant milk, filling the room with an icy tinge, and
disappearing out of sight two hours later, after another Jump.

The first sight of Trantor's sun was that of a hard, white speck all but
lost in a myriad such, and recognizable only because it was pointed out by
the ship's guide. The stars were thick here near the Galactic center. But
with each Jump, it shone more brightly, drowning out the rest, paling them
and thinning them out.

An officer came through and said, "View-room will be closed for the
remainder of the trip. Prepare for landing."

Gaal had followed after, clutching at the sleeve of the white uniform with
the Spaceship-and-Sun of the Empire on it.

He said, "Would it be possible to let me stay? I would like to see
Trantor."

The officer smiled and Gaal flushed a bit. It occurred to him that he spoke
with a provincial accent.

The officer said, "We'll be landing on Trantor by morning."

"I mean I want to see it from Space."

"Oh. Sorry, my boy. If this were a space-yacht we might manage it. But
we're spinning down, sunside. You wouldn't want to be blinded, burnt, and
radiation-scarred all at the same time, would you?"

Gaal started to walk away.

The officer called after him, "Trantor would only be gray blur anyway, Kid.
Why don't you take a space-tour once you hit Trantor. They're cheap."

Gaal looked back, "Thank you very much."

It was childish to feel disappointed, but childishness comes almost as
naturally to a man as to a child, and there was a lump in Gaal's throat. He
had never seen Trantor spread out in all its incredibility, as large as
life, and he hadn't expected to have to wait longer.



2.

The ship landed in a medley of noises. There was the far-off hiss of the
atmosphere cutting and sliding past the metal of the ship. There was the
steady drone of the conditioners fighting the heat of friction, and the
slower rumble of the engines enforcing deceleration. There was the human
sound of men and women gathering in the debarkation rooms and the grind of
the hoists lifting baggage, mail, and freight to the long axis of the ship,
from which they would be later moved along to the unloading platform.

Gaal felt the slight jar that indicated the ship no longer had an
independent motion of its own. Ship's gravity had been giving way to
planetary gravity for hours. Thousands of passengers had been sitting
patiently in the debarkation rooms which swung easily on yielding
force-fields to accommodate its orientation to the changing direction of
the gravitational forces. Now they were crawling down curving ramps to the
large, yawning locks.

Gaal's baggage was minor. He stood at a desk, as it was quickly and
expertly taken apart and put together again. His visa was inspected and
stamped. He himself paid no attention.

This was Trantor! The air seemed a little thicker here, the gravity a bit
greater, than on his home planet of Synnax, but he would get used to that.
He wondered if he would get used to immensity.

Debarkation Building was tremendous. The roof was almost lost in the
heights. Gaal could almost imagine that clouds could form beneath its
immensity. He could see no opposite wall; just men and desks and converging
floor till it faded out in haze.

The man at the desk was speaking again. He sounded annoyed. He said, "Move
on, Dornick." He had to open the visa, look again, before he remembered the
name.

Gaal said, "Wherewhere

The man at the desk jerked a thumb, "Taxis to the right and third left."

Gaal moved, seeing the glowing twists of air suspended high in nothingness
and reading, "TAXIS TO ALL POINTS."

A figure detached itself from anonymity and stopped at the desk, as Gaal
left. The man at the desk looked up and nodded briefly. The figure nodded
in return and followed the young immigrant.

He was in time to hear Gaal's destination.

Gaal found himself hard against a railing.

The small sign said, "Supervisor." The man to whom the sign referred did
not look up. He said, "Where to?"

Gaal wasn't sure, but even a few seconds hesitation meant men queuing in
line behind him.

The Supervisor looked up, "Where to?"

Gaal's funds were low, but there was only this one night and then he would
have a job. He tried to sound nonchalant, "A good hotel, please."

The Supervisor was unimpressed, "They're all good. Name one."

Gaal said, desperately, "The nearest one, please."

The Supervisor touched a button. A thin line of light formed along the
floor, twisting among others which brightened and dimmed in different
colors and shades. A ticket was shoved into Gaal's hands. It glowed
faintly.

The Supervisor said, "One point twelve."

Gaal fumbled for the coins. He said, "Where do I go?"

"Follow the light. The ticket will keep glowing as long as you're pointed
in the tight direction."

Gaal looked up and began walking. There were hundreds creeping across the
vast floor, following their individual trails, sifting and straining
themselves through intersection points to arrive at their respective
destinations.

His own trail ended. A man in glaring blue and yellow uniform, shining and
new in unstainable plasto-textile, reached for his two bags.

"Direct line to the Luxor," he said.

The man who followed Gaal heard that. He also heard Gaal say, "Fine," and
watched him enter the blunt-nosed vehicle.

The taxi lifted straight up. Gaal stared out the curved, transparent
window, marvelling at the sensation of airflight within an enclosed
structure and clutching instinctively at the back of the driver's seat. The
vastness contracted and the people became ants in random distribution. The
scene contracted further and began to slide backward.

There was a wall ahead. It began high in the air and extended upward out of
sight. It was riddled with holes that were the mouths of tunnels. Gaal's
taxi moved toward one then plunged into it. For a moment, Gaal wondered
idly how his driver could pick out one among so many.

There was now only blackness, with nothing but the past-flashing of a
colored signal light to relieve the gloom. The air was full of a rushing
sound.

Gaal leaned forward against deceleration then and the taxi popped out of
the tunnel and descended to ground-level once more.

"The Luxor Hotel," said the driver, unnecessarily. He helped Gaal with his
baggage, accepted a tenth-credit tip with a businesslike air, picked up a
waiting passenger, and was rising again.

In all this, from the moment of debarkation, there had been no glimpse of
sky.



3.

TRANTOR..At the beginning of the thirteenth millennium, this tendency
reached its climax. As the center of the Imperial Government for unbroken
hundreds of generations and located, as it was, toward the central regions
of the Galaxy among the most densely populated and industrially advanced
worlds of the system, it could scarcely help being the densest and richest
clot of humanity the Race had ever seen.

Its urbanization, progressing steadily, had finally reached the ultimate.
All the land surface of Trantor, 75,000,000 square miles in extent, was a
single city. The population, at its height, was well in excess of forty
billions. This enormous population was devoted almost entirely to the
administrative necessities of Empire, and found themselves all too few for
the complications of the task. (It is to be remembered that the
impossibility of proper administration of the Galactic Empire under the
uninspired leadership of the later Emperors was a considerable factor in
the Fall.) Daily, fleets of ships in the tens of thousands brought the
produce of twenty agricultural worlds to the dinner tables of Trantor....

Its dependence upon the outer worlds for food and, indeed, for all
necessities of life, made Trantor increasingly vulnerable to conquest by
siege. In the last millennium of the Empire, the monotonously numerous
revolts made Emperor after Emperor conscious of this, and Imperial policy
became little more than the protection of Trantor's delicate jugular
vein....

ENCYCLOPEDIA GALACTICA

Gaal was not certain whether the sun shone, or, for that matter, whether it
was day or night. He was ashamed to ask. All the planet seemed to live
beneath metal. The meal of which he had just partaken had been labelled
luncheon, but there were many planets which lived a standard timescale that
took no account of the perhaps inconvenient alternation of day and night.
The rate of planetary turnings differed, and he did not know that of
Trantor.

At first, he had eagerly followed the signs to the "Sun Room" and found it
but a chamber for basking in artificial radiation. He lingered a moment or
two, then returned to the Luxor's main lobby.

He said to the room clerk, "Where can I buy a ticket for a planetary tour?"

"Right here."

"When will it start?"

"You just missed it. Another one tomorrow. Buy a ticket now and we'll
reserve a place for you."

"Oh." Tomorrow would be too late. He would have to be at the University
tomorrow. He said, "There wouldn't be an observation tower or something?
I mean, in the open air."

"Sure! Sell you a ticket for that, if you want. Better let me check if it's
raining or not." He closed a contact at his elbow and read the flowing
letters that raced across a frosted screen. Gaal read with him.

The room clerk said, "Good weather. Come to think of it, I do believe it's
the dry season now." He added, conversationally, "I don't bother with the
outside myself. The last time I was in the open was three years ago. You
see it once, you know and that's all there is to it. Here's your ticket.
Special elevator in the rear. It's marked 'To the Tower.' Just take it."

The elevator was of the new sort that ran by gravitic repulsion. Gaal
entered and others flowed in behind him. The operator closed a contact. For
a moment, Gaal felt suspended in space as gravity switched to zero, and
then he had weight again in small measure as the elevator accelerated
upward. Deceleration followed and his feet left the floor. He squawked
against his will.

The operator called out, "Tuck your feet under the railing. Can't you read
the sign?"

The others had done so. They were smiling at him as he madly and vainly
tried to clamber back down the wall. Their shoes pressed upward against the
chromium of the railings that stretched across the floor in parallels set
two feet apart. He had noticed those railings on entering and had ignored
them.

Then a hand reached out and pulled him down.

He gasped his thanks as the elevator came to a halt.

He stepped out upon an open terrace bathed in a white brilliance that hurl
his eyes. The man, whose helping hand he had just now been the recipient
of, was immediately behind him.

The man said, kindly, "Plenty of seats."

Gaal closed his mouth; he had been gaping; and said, "It certainly seems
so." He started for them automatically, then stopped.

He said, "If you don't mind, I'll just stop a moment at the railing. I I
want to look a bit."

The man waved him on, good-naturedly, and Gaal leaned out over the
shoulder-high railing and bathed himself in all the panorama.

He could not see the ground. It was lost in the ever increasing
complexities of man-made structures. He could see no horizon other than
that of metal against sky, stretching out to almost uniform grayness, and
he knew it was so over all the land-surface of the planet. There was
scarcely any motion to be seen a few pleasure-craft lazed against the
sky-but all the busy traffic of billions of men were going on, he knew,
beneath the metal skin of the world.

There was no green to be seen; no green, no soil, no life other than man.
Somewhere on the world, he realized vaguely, was the Emperor's palace, set
amid one hundred square miles of natural soil, green with trees, rainbowed
with flowers. It was a small island amid an ocean of steel, but it wasn't
visible from where he stood. It might be ten thousand miles away. He did
not know.

Before very long, he must have his tour!

He sighed noisily, and realized finally that he was on Trantor at last; on
the planet which was the center of all the Galaxy and the kernel of the
human race. He saw none of its weaknesses. He saw no ships of food landing.
He was not aware of a jugular vein delicately connecting the forty billion
of Trantor with the rest of the Galaxy. He was conscious only of the
mightiest deed of man; the complete and almost contemptuously final
conquest of a world.

He came away a little blank-eyed. His friend of the elevator was indicating
a seat next to himself and Gaal took it.

The man smiled. "My name is Jerril. First time on Trantor?"

"Yes, Mr. Jerril."

"Thought so. Jerril's my first name. Trantor gets you if you've got the
poetic temperament. Trantorians never come up here, though. They don't like
it. Gives them nerves."

"Nerves! My name's Gaal, by the way. Why should it give them nerves? It's
glorious."

"Subjective matter of opinion, Gaal. If you're born in a cubicle and grow
up in a corridor, and work in a cell, and vacation in a crowded sun-room,
then coming up into the open with nothing but sky over you might just give
you a nervous breakdown. They make the children come up here once a year,
after they're five. I don't know if it does any good. They don't get enough
of it, really, and the first few times they scream themselves into
hysteria. They ought to start as soon as they're weaned and have the trip
once a week."

He went on, "Of course, it doesn't really matter. What if they never come
out at all? They're happy down there and they run the Empire. How high up
do you think we are?"

He said, "Half a mile?" and wondered if that sounded naive.

It must have, for Jerril chuckled a little. He said, "No. Just five hundred
feet."

"What? But the elevator took about

"I know. But most of the time it was just getting up to ground level.
Trantor is tunneled over a mile down. It's like an iceberg. Nine-tenths of
it is out of sight. It even works itself out a few miles into the sub-ocean
soil at the shorelines. In fact, we're down so low that we can make use of
the temperature difference between ground level and a couple of miles under
to supply us with all the energy we need. Did you know that?"

"No, I thought you used atomic generators."

"Did once. But this is cheaper."

"I imagine so."

"What do you think of it all?" For a moment, the man's good nature
evaporated into shrewdness. He looked almost sly.

Gaal fumbled. "Glorious," he said, again.

"Here on vacation? Traveling? Sight-seeing?"

"No exactly. At least, I've always wanted to visit Trantor but I came here
primarily for a job."

"Oh?"

Gaal felt obliged to explain further, "With Dr. Seldon's project at the
University of Trantor."

"Raven Seldon?"

"Why, no. The one I mean is Hari Seldon. -The psychohistorian Seldon. I
don't know of any Raven Seldon."

"Hari's the one I mean. They call him Raven. Slang, you know. He keeps
predicting disaster."

"He does?" Gaal was genuinely astonished.

"Surely, you must know." Jerril was not smiling. "You're coming to work for
him, aren't you?"

"Well, yes, I'm a mathematician. Why does he predict disaster? What kind of
disaster?"

"What kind would you think?"

"I'm afraid I wouldn't have the least idea. I've read the papers Dr. Seldon
and his group have published. They're on mathematical theory."

"Yes, the ones they publish."

Gaal felt annoyed. He said, "I think I'll go to my room now. Very pleased
to have met you."

Jerril waved his arm indifferently in farewell.

Gaal found a man waiting for him in his room. For a moment, he was too
startled to put into words the inevitable, "What are you doing here?" that
came to his lips.

The man rose. He was old and almost bald and he walked with a limp, but his
eyes were very bright and blue.

He said, "I am Hari Seldon," an instant before Gaal's befuddled brain
placed the face alongside the memory of the many times he had seen it in
pictures.



4.

PSYCHOHISTORY..Gaal Dornick, using nonmathematical concepts, has defined
psychohistory to be that branch of mathematics which deals with the
reactions of human conglomerates to fixed social and economic stimuli....

... Implicit in all these definitions is the assumption that the human
conglomerate being dealt with is sufficiently large for valid statistical
treatment. The necessary size of such a conglomerate may be determined by
Seldon's First Theorem which ... A further necessary assumption is that the
human conglomerate be itself unaware of psychohistoric analysis in order
that its reactions be truly random ...

The basis of all valid psychohistory lies in the development of the Seldon.
Functions which exhibit properties congruent to those of such social and
economic forces as ...

ENCYCLOPEDIA GALACTICA

"Good afternoon, sir," said Gaal. "II

"You didn't think we were to meet before tomorrow? Ordinarily, we would not
have. It is just that if we are to use your services, we must work quickly.
It grows continually more difficult to obtain recruits."

"I don't understand, sir."

"You were talking to a man on the observation tower, were you not?"

"Yes. His first name is Jerril. I know no more about him. "

"His name is nothing. He is an agent of the Commission of Public Safety. He
followed you from the space-port."

"But why? I am afraid I am very confused."

"Did the man on the tower say nothing about me?"

Gaal hesitated, "He referred to you as Raven Seldon."

"Did he say why?"

"He said you predict disaster."

"I do. What does Trantor mean to you?"

Everyone seemed to be asking his opinion of Trantor. Gaal felt incapable of
response beyond the bare word, "Glorious."

"You say that without thinking. What of psychohistory?"

"I haven't thought of applying it to the problem."

"Before you are done with me, young man, you will learn to apply
psychohistory to all problems as a matter of course. bserve." Seldon
removed his calculator pad from the pouch at his belt. Men said he kept one
beneath his pillow for use in moments of wakefulness. Its gray, glossy
finish was slightly worn by use. Seldon's nimble fingers, spotted now with
age, played along the files and rows of buttons that filled its surface.
Red symbols glowed out from the upper tier.

He said, "That represents the condition of the Empire at present."

He waited.

Gaal said finally, "Surely that is not a complete representation."

"No, not complete," said Seldon. "I am glad you do not accept my word
blindly. However, this is an approximation which will serve to demonstrate
the proposition. Will you accept that?"

"Subject to my later verification of the derivation of the function, yes."
Gaal was carefully avoiding a possible trap.

"Good. Add to this the known probability of Imperial assassination,
viceregal revolt, the contemporary recurrence of periods of economic
depression, the declining rate of planetary explorations, the. . ."

He proceeded. As each item was mentioned, new symbols sprang to life at his
touch, and melted into the basic function which expanded and changed.

Gaal stopped him only once. "I don't see the validity of that
set-transformation."

Seldon repeated it more slowly.

Gaal said, "But that is done by way of a forbidden sociooperation."

"Good. You are quick, but not yet quick enough. It is not forbidden in this
connection. Let me do it by expansions."

The procedure was much longer and at its end, Gaal said, humbly, "Yes, I
see now."

Finally, Seldon stopped. "This is Trantor three centuries from now. How do
you interpret that? Eh?" He put his head to one side and waited.

Gaal said, unbelievingly, "Total destruction! But but that is impossible.
Trantor has never been

Seldon was filled with the intense excitement of a man whose body only had
grown old. "Come, come. You saw how the result was arrived at. Put it into
words. Forget the symbolism for a moment."

Gaal said, "As Trantor becomes more specialized, it be comes more
vulnerable, less able to defend itself. Further, as it becomes more and
more the administrative center of Empire, it becomes a greater prize. As
the Imperial succession becomes more and more uncertain, and the feuds
among the great families more rampant, social responsibility disappears. "

"Enough. And what of the numerical probability of total destruction within
three centuries?"

"I couldn't tell."

"Surely you can perform a field-differentiation?"

Gaal felt himself under pressure. He was not offered the calculator pad. It
was held a foot from his eyes. He calculated furiously and felt his
forehead grow slick with sweat.

He said, "About 85%?"

"Not bad," said Seldon, thrusting out a lower lip, "but not good. The
actual figure is 92.5%."

Gaal said, "And so you are called Raven Seldon? I have seen none of this in
the journals."

"But of course not. This is unprintable. Do you suppose the Imperium could
expose its shakiness in this manner. That is a very simple demonstration in
psychohistory. But some of our results have leaked out among the
aristocracy."

"That's bad."

"Not necessarily. All is taken into account."

"But is that why I'm being investigated?"

"Yes. Everything about my project is being investigated."

"Are you in danger, sir?"

"Oh, yes. There is probability of 1.7% that I will be executed, but of
course that will not stop the project. We have taken that into account as
well. Well, never mind. You will meet me, I suppose, at the University
tomorrow?"

"I will," said Gaal.



5.

COMMISSION OF PUBLIC SAFETY.. The aristocratic coterie rose to power
after the assassination of Cleon I, last of the Entuns. In the main, they
formed an element of order during the centuries of instability and
uncertainty in the Imperium. Usually under the control of the great
families of the Chens and the Divarts, it degenerated eventually into a
blind instrument for maintenance of the status quo.... They were not
completely removed as a power in the state until after the accession of the
last strong Emperor, Cleon H. The first Chief Commissioner....

... In a way, the beginning of the Commission's decline can be traced to
the trial of Hari Seldon two years before the beginning of the Foundational
Era. That trial is described in Gaal Dornick's biography of Hari Seldon....

ENCYCLOPEDIA GALACTICA

Gaal did not carry out his promise. He was awakened the next morning by a
muted buzzer. He answered it, and the voice of the desk clerk, as muted,
polite and deprecating as it well might be, informed him that he was under
detention at the orders of the Commission of Public Safety.

Gaal sprang to the door and found it would no longer open. He could only
dress and wait.

They came for him and took him elsewhere, but it was still detention. They
asked him questions most politely. It was all very civilized. He explained
that he was a provincial of Synnax; that he had attended such and such
schools and obtained a Doctor of Mathematics degree on such and such a
date. He had applied for a position on Dr. Seldon's staff and had been
accepted. Over and over again, he gave these details; and over and over
again, they returned to the question of his joining the Seldon Project. How
had he heard of it; what were to be his duties; what secret instructions
had he received; what was it all about?

He answered that he did not know. He had no secret instructions. He was a
scholar and a mathematician. He had no interest in politics.

And finally the gentle inquisitor asked, "When will Trantor be destroyed?"

Gaal faltered, "I could not say of my own knowledge."

"Could you say of anyone's?"

"How could I speak for another?" He felt warm; overwarm.

The inquisitor said, "Has anyone told you of such destruction; set a date?"
And, as the young man hesitated, he went on, "You have been followed,
doctor. We were at the airport when you arrived; on the observation tower
when you waited for your appointment; and, of course, we were able to
overhear your conversation with Dr. Seldon."

Gaal said, "Then you know his views on the matter."

"Perhaps. But we would like to hear them from you."

"He is of the opinion that Trantor would be destroyed within three
centuries."

"He proved it, uh mathematically?"

"Yes, he did," defiantly.

"You maintain the uh mathematics to be valid, I suppose.

"If Dr. Seldon vouches for it, it is valid."

"Then we will return."

"Wait. I have a right to a lawyer. I demand my rights as an Imperial
citizen."

"You shall have them."

And he did.

It was a tall man that eventually entered, a man whose face seemed all
vertical lines and so thin that one could wonder whether there was room for
a smile.

Gaal looked up. He felt disheveled and wilted. So much had happened, yet he
had been on Trantor not more than thirty hours.

The man said, "I am Lors Avakim. Dr. Seldon has directed me to represent
you."

"Is that so? Well, then, look here. I demand an instant appeal to the
Emperor. I'm being held without cause. I'm innocent of anything. Of
anything." He slashed his hands outward, palms down, "You've got to arrange
a hearing with the Emperor, instantly."

Avakim was carefully emptying the contents of a flat folder onto the floor.
If Gaal had had the stomach for it, he might have recognized Cellomet legal
forms, metal thin and tapelike, adapted for insertion within the smallness
of a personal capsule. He might also have recognized a pocket recorder.

Avakim, paying no attention to Gaal's outburst, finally looked up. He said,
"The Commission will, of course, have a spy beam on our conversation. This
is against the law, but they will use one nevertheless."

Gaal ground his teeth.

"However," and Avakim seated himself deliberately, "the recorder I have on
the table, which is a perfectly ordinary recorder to all appearances and
performs it duties well has the additional property of completely
blanketing the spy beam. This is something they will not find out at once."

"Then I can speak."

"Of course."

"Then I want a hearing with the Emperor."

Avakim smiled frostily, and it turned out that there was room for it on his
thin face after all. His cheeks wrinkled to make the room. He said, "You
are from the provinces."

"I am none the less an Imperial citizen. As good a one as you or as any of
this Commission of Public Safety."

"No doubt; no doubt. It is merely that, as a provincial, you do not
understand life on Trantor as it is, There are no hearings before the
Emperor."

"To whom else would one appeal from this Commission? Is there other
procedure?"

"None. There is no recourse in a practical sense. Legalistically, you may
appeal to the Emperor, but you would get no hearing. The Emperor today is
not the Emperor of an Entun dynasty, you know. Trantor, I am afraid is in
the hands of the aristocratic families, members of which compose the
Commission of Public Safety. This is a development which is well predicted
by psychohistory."

Gaal said, "Indeed? In that case, if Dr. Seldon can predict the history of
Trantor three hundred years into the future

"He can predict it fifteen hundred years into the future."

"Let it be fifteen thousand. Why couldn't he yesterday have predicted the
events of this morning and warned me. o, I'm sorry." Gaal sat down and
rested his head in one sweating palm, "I quite understand that
psychohistory is a statistical science and cannot predict the future of a
single man with any accuracy. You'll understand that I'm upset."

"But you are wrong. Dr. Seldon was of the opinion that you would be
arrested this morning."

"What!"

"It is unfortunate, but true. The Commission has been more and more hostile
to his activities. New members joining the group have been interfered with
to an increasing extent. The graphs showed that for our purposes, matters
might best be brought to a climax now. The Commission of itself was moving
somewhat slowly so Dr. Seldon visited you yesterday for the purpose of
forcing their hand. No other reason."

Gaal caught his breath, "I resent

"Please. It was necessary. You were not picked for any personal reasons.
You must realize that Dr. Seldon's plans, which are laid out with the
developed mathematics of over eighteen years include all eventualities with
significant probabilities. This is one of them. I've been sent here for no
other purpose than to assure you that you need not fear. It will end well;
almost certainly so for the project; and with reasonable probability for
you."

"What are the figures?" demanded Gaal.

"For the project, over 99.9%."

"And for myself?"

"I am instructed that this probability is 77.2%."

"Then I've got better than one chance in five of being sentenced to prison
or to death."

"The last is under one per cent."

"Indeed. Calculations upon one man mean nothing. You send Dr. Seldon to
me."

"Unfortunately, I cannot. Dr. Seldon is himself arrested."

The door was thrown open before the rising Gaal could do more than utter
the beginning of a cry. A guard entered, walked to the table, picked up the
recorder, looked upon all sides of it and put it in his pocket.

Avakim said quietly, "I will need that instrument."

"We will supply you with one, Counsellor, that does not cast a static
field."

"My interview is done, in that case."

Gaal watched him leave and was alone.



6.

The trial (Gaal supposed it to be one, though it bore little resemblance
legalistically to the elaborate trial techniques Gaal had read of) had not
lasted long. It was in its third day. Yet already, Gaal could no longer
stretch his memory back far enough to embrace its beginning.

He himself had been but little pecked at. The heavy guns were trained on
Dr. Seldon himself. Hari Seldon, however, sat there unperturbed. To Gaal,
he was the only spot of stability remaining in the world.

The audience was small and drawn exclusively from among the Barons of the
Empire. Press and public were excluded and it was doubtful that any
significant number of outsiders even knew that a trial of Seldon was being
conducted. The atmosphere was one of unrelieved hostility toward the
defendants.

Five of the Commission of Public Safety sat behind the raised desk. They
wore scarlet and gold uniforms and the shining, close-fitting plastic caps
that were the sign of their judicial function. In the center was the Chief
Commissioner Linge Chen. Gaal had never before seen so great a Lord and he
watched him with fascination. Chen, throughout the trial, rarely said a
word. He made it quite clear that much speech was beneath his dignity.

The Commission's Advocate consulted his notes and the examination
continued, with Seldon still on the stand:

Q. Let us see, Dr. Seldon. How many men are now engaged in the project of
which you are head?

A. Fifty mathematicians.

Q. Including Dr. Gaal Dornick?

A. Dr. Dornick is the fifty-first,

Q. Oh, we have fifty-one then? Search your memory, Dr. Seldon. Perhaps
there are fifty-two or fifty-three? Or perhaps even more?

A. Dr. Dornick has not yet formally joined my organization. When he does,
the membership will be fifty-one. It is now fifty, as I have said.

Q. Not perhaps nearly a hundred thousand?

A. Mathematicians? No.

Q. I did not say mathematicians. Are there a hundred thousand in all
capacities?

A. In all capacities, your figure may be correct.

Q. May be? I say it is. I say that the men in your project number
ninety-eight thousand, five hundred and seventy-two.

A. I believe you are counting women and children.

Q. (raising his voice) Ninety eight thousand five hundred and seventy-two
individuals is the intent of my statement. There is no need to quibble.

A. I accept the figures.

Q. (referring to his notes) Let us drop that for the moment, then, and take
up another matter which we have already discussed at some length. Would you
repeat, Dr. Seldon, your thoughts concerning the future of Trantor?

A. I have said, and I say again, that Trantor will lie in ruins within the
next three centuries.

Q. You do not consider your statement a disloyal one?

A. No, sir. Scientific truth is beyond loyalty and disloyalty.

Q. You are sure that your statement represents scientific truth?

A. I am.

Q. On what basis?

A. On the basis of the mathematics of psychohistory.

Q. Can you prove that this mathematics is valid'?

A. Only to another mathematician.

Q. (with a smile) Your claim then is that your truth is of so esoteric a
nature that it is beyond the understanding of a plain man. It seems to me
that truth should be clearer than that, less mysterious, more open to the
mind.

A. It presents no difficulties to some minds. The physics of energy
transfer, which we know as thermodynamics, has been clear and true through
all the history of man since the mythical ages, yet there may be people
present who would find it impossible to design a power engine. People of
high intelligence, too. I doubt if the learned Commissioners
At this point, one of the Commissioners leaned toward the Advocate. His
words were not heard but the hissing of the voice carried a certain
asperity. The Advocate flushed and interrupted Seldon.

Q. We are not here to listen to speeches, Dr. Seldon. Let us assume that
you have made your point. Let me suggest to you that your predictions of
disaster might be intended to destroy public confidence in the Imperial
Government for purposes of your own.

A. That is not so.

Q. Let me suggest that you intend to claim that a period of time preceding
the so-called ruin of Trantor will be filled with unrest of various types.

A. That is correct.

Q. And that by the mere prediction thereof, you hope to bring it about, and
to have then an army of a hundred thousand available.

A. In the first place, that is not so. And if it were, investigation will
show you that barely ten thousand are men of military age, and none of
these has training in arms.

Q. Are you acting as an agent for another?

A. I am not in the pay of any man, Mr. Advocate.

Q. You are entirely disinterested? You are serving science?

A. I am.

Q. Then let us see how. Can the future be changed, Dr. Seldon?

A. Obviously. This courtroom may explode in the next few hours, or it may
not. If it did, the future would undoubtedly be changed in some minor
respects.

Q. You quibble, Dr. Seldon. Can the overall history of the human race be
changed?

A. Yes.

Q. Easily?

A. No. With great difficulty.

Q. Why?

A. The psychohistoric trend of a planet-full of people contains a huge
inertia. To be changed it must be met with something possessing a similar
inertia. Either as many people must be concerned, or if the number of
people be relatively small, enormous time for change must be allowed. Do
you understand?

Q. I think I do. Trantor need not be ruined, if a great many people decide
to act so that it will not.

A. That is right.

Q. As many as a hundred thousand people?

A. No, sir. That is far too few.

Q. You are sure?

A. Consider that Trantor has a population of over forty billions. Consider
further that the trend leading to ruin does not belong to Trantor alone but
to the Empire as a whole and the Empire contains nearly a quintillion human
beings.

Q. I see. Then perhaps a hundred thousand people can change the trend, if
they and their descendants labor for three hundred years.

A. I'm afraid not. Three hundred years is too short a time.

Q. Ah! In that case, Dr. Seldon, we are left with this deduction to be made
from your statements. You have gathered one hundred thousand people within
the confines of your project. These are insufficient to change the history
of Trantor within three hundred years. In other words, they cannot prevent
the destruction of Trantor no matter what they do.

A. You are unfortunately correct.

Q. And on the other hand, your hundred thousand are intended for no illegal
purpose.

A. Exactly.

Q. (slowly and with satisfaction) In that case, Dr. Seldon Now attend,
sir, most carefully, for we want a considered answer. What is the purpose
of your hundred thousand?

The Advocate's voice had grown strident. He had sprung his trap; backed
Seldon into a comer; driven him astutely from any possibility of answering.

There was a rising buzz of conversation at that which swept the ranks of
the peers in the audience and invaded even the row of Commissioners. They
swayed toward one another in their scarlet and gold, only the Chief
remaining uncorrupted.

Hari Seldon remained unmoved. He waited for the babble to evaporate.

A. To minimize the effects of that destruction.

Q. And exactly what do you mean by that?

A. The explanation is simple. The coming destruction of Trantor is not an
event in itself, isolated in the scheme of human development. It will be
the climax to an intricate drama which was begun centuries ago and which is
accelerating in pace continuously. I refer, gentlemen, to the developing
decline and fall of the Galactic Empire.

The buzz now became a dull roar. The Advocate, unheeded, was yelling, "You
are openly declaring that and stopped because the cries of "Treason" from
the audience showed that the point had been made without any hammering.

Slowly, the Chief Commissioner raised his gavel once and let it drop. The
sound was that of a mellow gong. When the reverberations ceased, the gabble
of the audience also did. The Advocate took a deep breath.

Q. (theatrically) Do you realize, Dr. Seldon, that you are speaking of an
Empire that has stood for twelve thousand years, through all the
vicissitudes of the generations, and which has behind it the good wishes
and love of a quadrillion human beings?

A. I am aware both of the present status and the past history of the
Empire. Without disrespect, I must claim a far better knowledge of it than
any in this room.

Q. And you predict its ruin?

A. It is a prediction which is made by mathematics. I pass no moral
judgements. Personally, I regret the prospect. Even if the Empire were
admitted to be a bad thing (an admission I do not make), the state of
anarchy which would follow its fall would be worse. It is that state of
anarchy which my project is pledged to fight. The fall of Empire,
gentlemen, is a massive thing, however, and not easily fought. It is
dictated by a rising bureaucracy, a receding initiative, a freezing of
caste, a damming of curiosity a hundred other factors. It has been going
on, as I have said, for centuries, and it is too majestic and massive a
movement to stop.

Q. Is it not obvious to anyone that the Empire is as strong as it ever was?

A. The appearance of strength is all about you. It would seem to last
forever. However, Mr. Advocate, the rotten tree-trunk, until the very
moment when the storm-blast breaks it in two, has all the appearance of
might it ever had. The storm-blast whistles through the branches of the
Empire even now. Listen with the ears of psychohistory, and you will hear
the creaking.

Q. (uncertainly) We are not here, Dr. Seldon, to lis
A. (firmly) The Empire will vanish and all its good with it. Its
accumulated knowledge will decay and the order it has imposed will vanish.
Interstellar wars will be endless; interstellar trade will decay;
population will decline; worlds will lose touch with the main body of the
Galaxy. nd so matters will remain.

Q. (a small voice in the middle of a vast silence) Forever?

A. Psychohistory, which can predict the fall, can make statements
concerning the succeeding dark ages. The Empire, gentlemen, as has just
been said, has stood twelve thousand years. The dark ages to come will
endure not twelve, but thirty thousand years. A Second Empire will rise,
but between it and our civilization will be one thousand generations of
suffering humanity. We must fight that.

Q. (recovering somewhat) You contradict yourself. You said earlier that you
could not prevent the destruction of Trantor; hence, presumably, the fall;
he so-called fall of the Empire.

A. I do not say now that we can prevent the fall. But it is not yet too
late to shorten the interregnum which will follow. It is possible,
gentlemen, to reduce the duration of anarchy to a single millennium, if my
group is allowed to act now. We are at a delicate moment in history. The
huge, onrushing mass of events must be deflected just a little, just a
little It cannot be much, but it may be enough to remove twenty-nine
thousand years of misery from human history.

Q. How do you propose to do this?

A. By saving the knowledge of the race. The sum of human knowing is beyond
any one man; any thousand men. With the destruction of our social fabric,
science will be broken into a million pieces. Individuals will know much of
exceedingly tiny facets of what there is to know. They will be helpless and
useless by themselves. The bits of lore, meaningless, will not be passed
on. They will be lost through the generations. But, if we now prepare a
giant summary of all knowledge, it will never be lost. Coming generations
will build on it, and will not have to rediscover it for themselves. One
millennium will do the work of thirty thousand.

Q. All this

A. All my project; my thirty thousand men with their wives and children,
are devoting themselves to the preparation of an "Encyclopedia Galactica."
They will not complete it in their lifetimes. I will not even live to see
it fairly begun. But by the time Trantor falls, it will be complete and
copies will exist in every major library in the Galaxy.

The Chief Commissioner's gavel rose and fell. Hari Seldon left the stand
and quietly took his seat next to Gaal.

He smiled and said, "How did you like the show?"

Gaal said, "You stole it. But what will happen now?"

"They'll adjourn the trial and try to come to a private agreement with me."

"How do you know?"

Seldon said, "I'll be honest. I don't know. It depends on the Chief
Commissioner. I have studied him for years. I have tried to analyze his
workings, but you know how risky it is to introduce the vagaries of an
individual in the psychohistoric equations. Yet I have hopes."



7.

Avakim approached, nodded to Gaal, leaned over to whisper to Seldon. The
cry of adjournment rang out, and guards separated them. Gaal was led away.

The next day's hearings were entirely different. Hari Seldon and Gaal
Dornick were alone with the Commission. They were seated at a table
together, with scarcely a separation between the five judges and the two
accused. They were even offered cigars from a box of iridescent plastic
which had the appearance of water, endlessly flowing. The eyes were fooled
into seeing the motion although the fingers reported it to be hard and dry.

Seldon accepted one; Gaal refused.

Seldon said, "My lawyer is not present."

A Commissioner replied, "This is no longer a trial, Dr. Seldon. We are here
to discuss the safety of the State."

Linge Chen said, "I will speak," and the other Commissioners sat back in
their chairs, prepared to listen. A silence formed about Chen into which he
might drop his words.

Gaal held his breath. Chen, lean and hard, older in looks than in fact, was
the actual Emperor of all the Galaxy. The child who bore the title itself
was only a symbol manufactured by Chen, and not the first such, either.

Chen said, "Dr. Seldon, you disturb the peace of the Emperor's realm. None
of the quadrillions living now among all the stars of the Galaxy will be
living a century from now. Why, then, should we concern ourselves with
events of three centuries distance?"

"I shall not be alive half a decade hence," said Seldon, and yet it is of
overpowering concern to me. Call it idealism. Call it an identification of
myself with that mystical generalization to which we refer by the term,
'humanity.'"

"I do not wish to take the trouble to understand mysticism. Can you tell me
why I may not rid myself of you, and of an uncomfortable and unnecessary
three-century future which I will never see by having you executed
tonight?"

"A week ago," said Seldon, lightly, "you might have done so and perhaps
retained a one in ten probability of yourself remaining alive at year's
end. Today, the one in ten probability is scarcely one in ten thousand."

There were expired breaths in the gathering and uneasy stirrings. Gaal felt
the short hairs prickle on the back of his neck. Chen's upper eyelids
dropped a little.

"How so?" he said.

"The fall of Trantor," said Seldon, "cannot be stopped by any conceivable
effort. It can be hastened easily, however. The tale of my interrupted
trial will spread through the Galaxy. Frustration of my plans to lighten
the disaster will convince people that the future holds no promise to them.
Already they recall the lives of their grandfathers with envy. They will
see that political revolutions and trade stagnations will increase. The
feeling will pervade the Galaxy that only what a man can grasp for himself
at that moment will be of any account. Ambitious men will not wait and
unscrupulous men will not hang back. By their every action they will hasten
the decay of the worlds. Have me killed and Trantor will fall not within
three centuries but within fifty years and you, yourself, within a single
year."

Chen said, "These are words to frighten children, and yet your death is not
the only answer which will satisfy us."

He lifted his slender hand from the papers on which it rested, so that only
two fingers touched lightly upon the topmost sheet.

"Tell me," he said, "will your only activity be that of preparing this
encyclopedia you speak of?"

"It will."

"And need that be done on Trantor?"

"Trantor, my lord, possesses the Imperial Library, as well as the scholarly
resources of the University of Trantor."

"And yet if you were located elsewhere, let us say upon a planet where
the hurry and distractions of a metropolis will not interfere with
scholastic musings; where your men may devote themselves entirely and
single-mindedly to their work; ight not that have advantages?"

"Minor ones, perhaps."

"Such a world had been chosen, then. You may work, doctor, at your leisure,
with your hundred thousand about you. The Galaxy will know that you are
working and fighting the Fall. They will even be told that you will prevent
the Fall." He smiled, "Since I do not believe in so many things, it is not
difficult for me to disbelieve in the Fall as well, so that I am entirely
convinced I will be telling the truth to the people. And meanwhile, doctor,
you will not trouble Trantor and there will be no disturbance of the
Emperor's peace.

"The alternative is death for yourself and for as many of your followers as
will seem necessary. Your earlier threats I disregard. The opportunity for
choosing between death and exile is given you over a time period stretching
from this moment to one five minutes hence."

"Which is the world chosen, my lord?" said Seldon.

"It is called, I believe, Terminus," said Chen. Negligently, he turned the
papers upon his desk with his fingertips so that they faced Seldon. "It is
uninhabited, but quite habitable, and can be molded to suit the necessities
of scholars. It is somewhat secluded

Seldon interrupted, "It is at the edge of the Galaxy, sir."

"As I have said, somewhat secluded. It will suit your needs for
concentration. Come, you have two minutes left."

Seldon said, "We will need time to arrange such a trip. There are twenty
thousand families involved."

"You will be given time."

Seldon thought a moment, and the last minute began to die. He said, "I
accept exile."

Gaal's heart skipped a beat at the words. For the most part, he was filled
with a tremendous joy for who would not be, to escape death. Yet in all his
vast relief, he found space for a little regret that Seldon had been
defeated.



8.

For a long while, they sat silently as the taxi whined through the hundreds
of miles of worm-like tunnels toward the University. And then Gaal stirred.
He said:

"Was what you told the Commissioner true? Would your execution have really
hastened the Fall?"

Seldon said, "I never lie about psychohistoric findings. Nor would it have
availed me in this case. Chen knew I spoke the truth. He is a very clever
politician and politicians by the very nature of their work must have an
instinctive feeling for the truths of psychohistory."

"Then need you have accepted exile," Gaal wondered, but Seldon did not
answer.

When they burst out upon the University grounds, Gaal's muscles took action
of their own; or rather, inaction. He had to be carried, almost, out of the
taxi.

All the University was a blaze of light. Gaal had almost forgotten that a
sun could exist.

The University structures lacked the hard steel-gray of the rest of
Trantor. They were silvery, rather. The metallic luster was almost ivory in
color.

Seldon said, "Soldiers, it seems."

"What?" Gaal brought his eyes to the prosaic ground and found a sentinel
ahead of them.

They stopped before him, and a soft-spoken captain materialized from a
near-by doorway.

He said, "Dr. Seldon?"

"Yes."

"We have been waiting for you. You and your men will be under martial law
henceforth. I have been instructed to inform you that six months will be
allowed you for preparations to leave for Terminus."

"Six months!" began Gaal, but Seldon's fingers were upon his elbow with
gentle pressure.

"These are my instructions," repeated the captain.

He was gone, and Gaal turned to Seldon, "Why, what can be done in six
months? This is but slower murder."

"Quietly. Quietly. Let us reach my office."

It was not a large office, but it was quite spy-proof and quite
undetectably so. Spy-beams trained upon it received neither a suspicious
silence nor an even more suspicious static. They received, rather, a
conversation constructed at random out of a vast stock of innocuous phrases
in various tones and voices.

"Now," said Seldon, at his ease, "six months will be enough."

"I don't see how."

"Because, my boy, in a plan such as ours, the actions of others are bent to
our needs. Have I not said to you already that Chen's temperamental makeup
has been subjected to greater scrutiny than that of any other single man in
history. The trial was not allowed to begin until the time and
circumstances were fight for the ending of our own choosing."

"But could you have arranged

"o be exiled to Terminus? Why not?" He put his fingers on a certain spot
on his desk and a small section of the wall behind him slid aside. Only his
own fingers could have done so, since only his particular print-pattern
could have activated the scanner beneath.

"You will find several microfilms inside," said Seldon. "Take the one
marked with the letter, T."

Gaal did so and waited while Seldon fixed it within the projector and
handed the young man a pair of eyepieces. Gaal adjusted them, and watched
the film unroll before his eyes.

He said, "But then

Seldon said, "What surprises you?"

"Have you been preparing to leave for two years?"

"Two and a half. Of course, we could not be certain that it would be
Terminus he would choose, but we hoped it might be and we acted upon that
assumption

"But why, Dr. Seldon? If you arranged the exile, why? Could not events be
far better controlled here on Trantor?"

"Why, there are some reasons. Working on Terminus, we will have Imperial
support without ever rousing fears that we would endanger Imperial safety."

Gaal said, "But you aroused those fears only to force exile. I still do not
understand."

"Twenty thousand families would not travel to the end of the Galaxy of
their own will perhaps."

"But why should they be forced there?" Gaal paused, "May I not know?"

Seldon said, "Not yet. It is enough for the moment that you know that a
scientific refuge will be established on Terminus. And another will be
established at the other end of the Galaxy, let us say," and he smiled, "at
Star's End. And as for the rest, I will die soon, and you will see more
than I. o, no. Spare me your shock and good wishes. My doctors tell me
that I cannot live longer than a year or two. But then, I have accomplished
in life what I have intended and under what circumstances may one better
die."

"And after you die, sir?"

"Why, there will be successors perhaps even yourself. And these
successors will be able to apply the final touch in the scheme and
instigate the revolt on Anacreon at the right time and in the right manner.
Thereafter, events may roll unheeded."

"I do not understand."

"You will." Seldon's lined face grew peaceful and tired, both at once,
"Most will leave for Terminus, but some will stay. It will be easy to
arrange. ut as for me," and he concluded in a whisper, so that Gaal could
scarcely hear him, "I am finished."

------------------------------------------------------------------------

PART II

THE ENCYCLOPEDISTS

1.

TERMINUS.. Its location (see map) was an odd one for the role it was
called upon to play in Galactic history, and yet as many writers have never
tired of pointing out, an inevitable one. Located on the very fringe of the
Galactic spiral, an only planet of an isolated sun, poor in resources and
negligible in economic value, it was never settled in the five centuries
after its discovery, until the landing of the Encyclopedists....

It was inevitable that as a new generation grew, Terminus would become
something more than an appendage of the psychohistorians of Trantor. With
the Anacreonian revolt and the rise to power of Salvor Hardin, first of the
great line of...

ENCYCLOPEDIA GALACTICA

Lewis Pirenne was busily engaged at his desk in the one well-lit comer of
the room. Work had to be co-ordinated. Effort had to be organized. Threads
had to be woven into a pattern.

Fifty years now; fifty years to establish themselves and set up
Encyclopedia Foundation Number One into a smoothly working unit. Fifty
years to gather the raw material. Fifty years to prepare.

It had been done. Five more years would see the publication of the first
volume of the most monumental work the Galaxy had ever conceived. And then
at ten-year intervals regularly like clockwork volume after volume.
And with them there would be supplements; special articles on events of
current interest, until
Pirenne stirred uneasily, as the muted buzzer upon his desk muttered
peevishly. He had almost forgotten the appointment. He shoved the door
release and out of an abstracted comer of one eye saw the door open and the
broad figure of Salvor Hardin enter. Pirenne did not look up.

Hardin smiled to himself. He was in a hurry, but he knew better than to
take offense at Pirenne's cavalier treatment of anything or anyone that
disturbed him at his work. He buried himself in the chair on the other side
of the desk and waited.

Pirenne's stylus made the faintest scraping sound as it raced across paper.
Otherwise, neither motion nor sound. And then Hardin withdrew a two-credit
coin from his vest pocket. He flipped it and its stainless-steel surface
caught flitters of light as it tumbled through the air. He caught it
and-flipped it again, watching the flashing reflections lazily. Stainless
steel made good medium of exchange on a planet where all metal had to be
imported.

Pirenne looked up and blinked. "Stop that!" he said querulously.

"Eh?"

"That infernal coin tossing. Stop it."

"Oh." Hardin pocketed the metal disk. "Tell me when you're ready, will you?
I promised to be back at the City Council meeting before the new aqueduct
project is put to a vote."

Pirenne sighed and shoved himself away from the desk. "I'm ready. But I
hope you aren't going to bother me with city affairs. Take care of that
yourself, please. The Encyclopedia takes up all my time."

"Have you heard the news?" questioned Hardin, phlegmatically.

"What news?"

"The news that the Terminus City ultrawave set received two hours ago. The
Royal Governor of the Prefect of Anacreon has assumed the title of king."

"Well? What of it?"

"It means," responded Hardin, "that we're cut off from the inner regions of
the Empire. We've been expecting it but that doesn't make it any more
comfortable. Anacreon stands square across what was our last remaining
trade route to Santanni and to Trantor and to Vega itself. Where is our
metal to come from? We haven't managed to get a steel or aluminum shipment
through in six months and now we won't be able to get any at all, except by
grace of the King of Anacreon."

Pirenne tch-tched impatiently. "Get them through him, then."

"But can we? Listen, Pirenne, according to the charter which established
this Foundation, the Board of Trustees of the Encyclopedia Committee has
been given full administrative powers. I, as Mayor of Terminus City, have
just enough power to blow my own nose and perhaps to sneeze if you
countersign an order giving me permission. It's up to you and your Board
then. I'm asking you in the name of the City, whose prosperity depends upon
uninterrupted commerce with the Galaxy, to call an emergency meeting

"Stop! A campaign speech is out of order. Now, Hardin, the Board of
Trustees has not barred the establishment of a municipal government on
Terminus. We understand one to be necessary because of the increase in
population since the Foundation was established fifty years ago, and
because of the increasing number of people involved in non-Encyclopedia
affairs. But that does not mean that the first and only aim of the
Foundation is no longer to publish the definitive Encyclopedia of all human
knowledge. We are a State-supported, scientific institution, Hardin. We
cannot must not will not interfere in local politics."

"Local politics! By the Emperor's left toe, Pirenne, this is a matter of
life and death. The planet, Terminus, by itself cannot support a mechanized
civilization. It lacks metals. You know that. It hasn't a trace of iron,
copper, or aluminum in the surface rocks, and precious little of anything
else. What do you think will happen to the Encyclopedia if this
watchmacallum King of Anacreon clamps down on us?"

"On us? Are you forgetting that we are under the direct control of the
Emperor himself? We are not part of the Prefect of Anacreon or of any other
prefect. Memorize that! We are part of the Emperor's personal domain, and
no one touches us. The Empire can protect its own."

"Then why didn't it prevent the Royal Governor of Anacreon from kicking
over the traces? And only Anacreon?

At least twenty of the outermost prefects of the Galaxy, the entire
Periphery as a matter of fact, have begun steering things their own way. I
tell you I feel damned uncertain of the Empire and its ability to protect
us."

"Hokum! Royal Governors, Kings what's the difference? The Empire is
always shot through with a certain amount of politics and with different
men pulling this way and that. Governors have rebelled, and, for that
matter, Emperors have been deposed, or assassinated before this. But what
has that to do with the Empire itself? Forget it, Hardin. It's none of our
business. We are first of all and last of all-scientists. And our concern
is the Encyclopedia.

Oh, yes, I'd almost forgotten. Hardin!"

"Well?"

"Do something about that paper of yours!" Pirenne's voice was angry.

"The Terminus City Journal? It isn't mine; it's privately owned. What's it
been doing?"

"For weeks now it has been recommending that the fiftieth anniversary of
the establishment of the Foundation be made the occasion for public
holidays and quite inappropriate celebrations."

"And why not? The computoclock will open the Vault in three months. I would
call this first opening a big occasion, wouldn't you?"

"Not for silly pageantry, Hardin. The Vault and its opening concern the
Board of Trustees alone. Anything of importance will be communicated to the
people. That is final and please make it plain to the Journal."

"I'm sorry, Pirenne, but the City Charter guarantees a certain minor matter
known as freedom of the press."

"It may. But the Board of Trustees does not. I am the Emperor's
representative on Terminus, Hardin, and have full powers in this respect."

Hardin's expression became that of a man counting to ten, mentally. He
said, grimly: "in connection with your status as Emperor's representative,
then, I have a final piece of news to give you."

"About Anacreon?" Pirenne's lips tightened. He felt annoyed.

"Yes. A special envoy will be sent to us from Anacreon. In two weeks."

"An envoy? Here? From Anacreon?" Pirenne chewed that. "What for?"

Hardin stood up, and shoved his chair back up against the desk. "I give you
one guess." And he left quite unceremoniously.



2.

Anselm haut Rodric "haut" itself signifying noble blood -Sub-prefect of
Pluema and Envoy Extraordinary of his Highness of Anacreon-plus half a
dozen other titleswas met by Salvor Hardin at the spaceport with all the
imposing ritual of a state occasion.

With a tight smile and a low bow, the sub-prefect had flipped his blaster
from its holster and presented it to Hardin butt first. Hardin returned the
compliment with, a blaster specifically borrowed for the occasion.
Friendship and good will were thus established, and if Hardin noted the
barest bulge at Haut Rodric's shoulder, he prudently said nothing.

The ground car that received them then preceded, flanked, and followed by
the suitable cloud of minor functionaries proceeded in a slow,
ceremonious manner to Cyclopedia Square, cheered on its way by a properly
enthusiastic crowd.

Sub-prefect Anselm received the cheers with the complaisant indifference of
a soldier and a nobleman.

He said to Hardin, "And this city is all your world?"

Hardin raised his voice to be heard above the clamor. "We are a young
world, your eminence. In our short history we have had but few members of
the higher nobility visiting our poor planet. Hence, our enthusiasm."

It is certain that "higher nobility" did not recognize irony when he heard
it.

He said thoughtfully: "Founded fifty years ago. Hm-m-m! You have a great
deal of unexploited land here, mayor. You have never considered dividing it
into estates?"

"There is no necessity as yet. We're extremely centralized; we have to be,
because of the Encyclopedia. Someday, perhaps, when our population has
grown

"A strange world! You have no peasantry?"

Hardin reflected that it didn't require a great deal of acumen to tell that
his eminence was indulging in a bit of fairly clumsy pumping. He replied
casually, "No nor nobility."

Haut Rodric's eyebrows lifted. "And your leader the man I am to meet?"

"You mean Dr. Pirenne? Yes! He is the Chairman of the Board of Trustees and a personal representative of the Emperor."

"Doctor? No other title? A scholar? And he rates above the civil
authority?"

"Why, certainly," replied Hardin, amiably. "We're all scholars more or
less. After all, we're not so much a world as a scientific foundation under the direct control of the Emperor."

There was a faint emphasis upon the last phrase that seemed to disconcert
the sub-prefect. He remained thoughtfully silent during the rest of the
slow way to Cyclopedia Square.

If Hardin found himself bored by the afternoon and evening that followed,
he had at least the satisfaction of realizing that Pirenne and Haut Rodric
having met with loud and mutual protestations of esteem and regard were
detesting each other's company a good deal more.

Haut Rodric had attended with glazed eye to Pirenne's lecture during the
"inspection tour" of the Encyclopedia Building. With polite and vacant
smile, he had listened to the latter's rapid patter as they passed through
the vast storehouses of reference films and the numerous projection rooms.

It was only after he had gone down level by level into and through the
composing departments, editing departments, publishing departments, and
filming departments that he made the first comprehensive statement.

"This is all very interesting," he said, "but it seems a strange occupation
for grown men. What good is it?"

It was a remark, Hardin noted, for which Pirenne found no answer, though
the expression of his face was most eloquent.

The dinner that evening was much the mirror image of the events of that
afternoon, for Haut Rodric monopolized the conversation by describing in
minute technical detail and with incredible zest his own exploits as
battalion head during the recent war between Anacreon and the neighboring
newly proclaimed Kingdom of Smyrno.

The details of the sub-prefect's account were not completed until dinner
was over and one by one the minor officials had drifted away. The last bit
of triumphant description of mangled spaceships came when he had
accompanied Pirenne and Hardin onto the balcony and relaxed in the warm air
of the summer evening.

"And now," he said, with a heavy joviality, "to serious matters."

"By all means," murmured Hardin, lighting a long cigar of Vegan tobacco not many left, he reflected and teetering his chair back on two legs.

The Galaxy was high in the sky and its misty lens shape stretched lazily
from horizon to horizon. The few stars here at the very edge of the
universe were insignificant twinkles in comparison.

"Of course," said the sub-prefect, "all the formal discussions the paper
signing and such dull technicalities, that is will take place before the
What is it you call your Council?"

"The Board of Trustees," replied Pirenne, coldly.

"Queer name! Anyway, that's for tomorrow. We might as well clear away some
of the underbrush, man to man, right now, though. Hey?"

"And this means prodded Hardin.

"Just this. There's been a certain change in the situation out here in the
Periphery and the status of your planet has become a trifle uncertain. It
would be very convenient if we succeeded in coming to an understanding as
to how the matter stands. By the way, mayor, have you another one of those
cigars?"

Hardin started and produced one reluctantly.

Anselm haut Rodric sniffed at it and emitted a clucking sound of pleasure.
"Vegan tobacco! Where did you get it?"

"We received some last shipment. There's hardly any left. Space knows when
we'll get more if ever."

Pirenne scowled. He didn't smoke and, for that matter, detested the odor.
"Let me understand this, your eminence. Your mission is merely one of
clarification?"

Haut Rodric nodded through the smoke of his first lusty puffs.

"In that case, it is soon over. The situation with respect to the
Encyclopedia Foundation is what it always has been."

"Ah! And what is it that it always has been?"

"Just this: A State-supported scientific institution and part of the
personal domain of his august majesty, the Emperor."

The sub-prefect seemed unimpressed. He blew smoke rings. "That's a nice
theory, Dr. Pirenne. I imagine you've got charters with the Imperial Seal
upon it but what's the actual situation? How do you stand with respect to
Smyrno? You're not fifty parsecs from Smyrno's capital. you know. And what
about Konom and Daribow?"

Pirenne said: "We have nothing to do with any prefect. As part of the
Emperor's

"They're not prefects," reminded Haut Rodric; "they're kingdoms now."

"Kingdoms then. We have nothing to do with them. As a scientific
institution

"Science be damned!" swore the other. "What the devil has that got to do
with the fact that we're liable to see Terminus taken over by Smyrno at any
time?"

"And the Emperor? He would just sit by?"

Haut Rodric calmed down and said: "Well, now, Dr. Pirenne, you respect the
Emperor's property and so does Anacreon, but Smyrno might not. Remember,
we've just signed a treaty with the Emperor I'll present a copy to that
Board of yours tomorrow which places upon us the responsibility of
maintaining order within the borders of the old Prefect of Anacreon on
behalf of the Emperor. Our duty is clear, then, isn't it?"

"Certainly. But Terminus is not part of the Prefect of Anacreon."

"And Smyrno

"Nor is it part of the Prefect of Smyrno. It's not part of any prefect."

"Does Smyrno know that?"

"I don't care what it knows."

"We do. We've just finished a war with her and she still holds two stellar
systems that are ours. Terminus occupies an extremely strategic spot,
between the two nations."

Hardin felt weary. He broke in: "What is your proposition, your eminence?"

The sub-prefect seemed quite ready to stop fencing in favor of more direct
statements. He said briskly: "It seems perfectly obvious that, since
Terminus cannot defend itself, Anacreon must take over the job for its own
sake. You understand we have no desire to interfere with internal
administration

"Uh-huh," grunted Hardin dryly.

"ut we believe that it would be best for all concerned to have Anacreon
establish a military base upon the planet."

"And that is all you would want a military base in some of the vast
unoccupied territory and let it go at that?"

"Well, of course, there would be the matter of supporting the protecting
forces."

Hardin's chair came down on all four, and his elbows went forward on his
knees. "Now we're getting to the nub. Let's put it into language. Terminus
is to be a protectorate and to pay tribute."

"Not tribute. Taxes. We're protecting you. You pay for it."

Pirenne banged his hand on the chair with sudden violence. "Let me speak,
Hardin. Your eminence, I don't care a rusty half-credit coin for Anacreon,
Smyrno, or all your local politics and petty wars. I tell you this is a
State-supported tax-free institution."

"State-supported? But we are the State, Dr. Pirenne, and we're not
supporting."

Pirenne rose angrily. "Your eminence, I am the direct representative of

"is august majesty, the Emperor," chorused Anselm haut Rodric sourly,
"And I am the direct representative of the King of Anacreon. Anacreon is a
lot nearer, Dr. Pirenne. "

"Let's get back to business," urged Hardin. "How would you take these
so-called taxes, your eminence? Would you take them in kind: wheat,
potatoes, vegetables, cattle?"

The sub-prefect stared. "What the devil? What do we need with those? We've
got hefty surpluses. Gold, of course. Chromium or vanadium would be even
better, incidentally, if you have it in quantity."

Hardin laughed. "Quantity! We haven't even got iron in quantity. Gold!
Here, take a look at our currency." He tossed a coin to the envoy.

Haut Rodric bounced it and stared. "What is it? Steel?"

"That's right."

"I don't understand."

"Terminus is a planet practically without metals. We import it all.
Consequently, we have no gold, and nothing to pay unless you want a few
thousand bushels of potatoes."

"Well manufactured goods."

"Without metal? What do we make our machines out of?"

There was a pause and Pirenne tried again. "This whole discussion is wide
of the point. Terminus is not a planet, but a scientific foundation
preparing a great encyclopedia. Space, man, have you no respect for
science?"

"Encyclopedias don't win wars." Haut Rodric's brows furrowed. "A completely
unproductive world, then and practically unoccupied at that. Well, you
might pay with land."

"What do you mean?" asked Pirenne.

"This world is just about empty and the unoccupied land is probably
fertile. There are many of the nobility on Anacreon that would like an
addition to their estates."

"You can't propose any such

"There's no necessity of looking so alarmed, Dr. Pirenne. There's plenty
for all of us. If it comes to what it comes, and you co-operate, we could
probably arrange it so that you lose nothing. Titles can be conferred and
estates granted. You understand me, I think."

Pirenne sneered, "Thanks!"

And then Hardin said ingenuously: "Could Anacreon supply us with adequate
quantities of plutonium for our nuclear-power plant? We've only a few
years' supply left."

There was a gasp from Pirenne and then a dead silence for minutes. When
Haut Rodric spoke it was in a voice quite different from what it had been
till then:

"You have nuclear power?"

"Certainly. What's unusual in that? I imagine nuclear power is fifty
thousand years old now. Why shouldn't we have it? Except that it's a little
difficult to get plutonium."

"Yes ... Yes." The envoy paused and added uncomfortably: "Well, gentlemen,
we'll pursue the subject tomorrow. You'll excuse me

Pirenne looked after him and gritted through his teeth: "That insufferable,
dull-witted donkey! That

Hardin broke in: "Not at all. He's merely the product of his environment.
He doesn't understand much except that 'I have a gun and you haven't.

Pirenne whirled on him in exasperation. "What in space did you mean by the
talk about military bases and tribute? Are you crazy?"

"No. I merely gave him rope and let him talk. You'll notice that he managed
to stumble out with Anacreon's real intentions that is, the parceling up
of Terminus into landed estates. Of course, I don't intend to let that
happen."

"You don't intend. You don't. And who are you? And may I ask what you meant
by blowing off your mouth about our nuclear-power plant? Why, it's just the
thing that would make us a military target."

"Yes," grinned Hardin. "A military target to stay away from. Isn't it
obvious why I brought the subject up? It happened to confirm a very strong
suspicion I had had."

"And that was what?"

"That Anacreon no longer has a nuclear-power economy. If they had, our
friend would undoubtedly have realized that plutonium, except in ancient
tradition is not used in power plants. And therefore it follows that the
rest of the Periphery no longer has nuclear power either. Certainly Smyrno
hasn't, or Anacreon wouldn't have won most of the battles in their recent
war. Interesting, wouldn't you say?"

"Bah!" Pirenne left in fiendish humor, and Hardin smiled gently.

He threw his cigar away and looked up at the outstretched Galaxy. "Back to
oil and coal, are they?" he murmured and what the rest of his thoughts
were he kept to himself.



3.

When Hardin denied owning the Journal, he was perhaps technically correct,
but no more. Hardin had been the leading spirit in the drive to incorporate
Terminus into an autonomous municipality-he had been elected its first
mayor-so it was not surprising that, though not a single share of Journal
stock was in his name, some sixty percent was controlled by him in more
devious fashions.

There were ways.

Consequently, when Hardin began suggesting to Pirenne that he be allowed to
attend meetings of the Board of Trustees, it was not quite coincidence that
the Journal began a similar campaign. And the first mass meeting in the
history of the Foundation was held, demanding representation of the City in
the "national" government.

And, eventually, Pirenne capitulated with ill grace.

Hardin, as he sat at the foot of the table, speculated idly as to just what
it was that made physical scientists such poor administrators. It might be
merely that they were too used to inflexible fact and far too unused to
pliable people.

In any case, there was Tomaz Sutt and Jord Fara on his left; Lundin Crast
and Yate Fulham on his fight; with Pirenne, himself, presiding. He knew
them all, of course, but they seemed to have put on an extra-special bit of
pomposity for the occasion.

Hardin had dozed through the initial formalities and then perked up when
Pirenne sipped at the glass of water before him by way of preparation and
said:

"I find it very gratifying to be able to inform the Board that since our
last meeting, I have received word that Lord Dorwin, Chancellor of the
Empire, will arrive at Terminus in two weeks. It may be taken for granted
that our relations with Anacreon will be smoothed out to our complete
satisfaction as soon as the Emperor is informed of the situation. "

He smiled and addressed Hardin across the length of the table. "Information
to this effect has been given the Journal."

Hardin snickered below his breath. It seemed evident that Pirenne's desire
to strut this information before him had been one reason for his admission
into the sacrosanctum.

He said evenly: "Leaving vague expressions out of account, what do you
expect Lord Dorwin to do?"

Tomaz Sutt replied. He had a bad habit of addressing one in the third
person when in his more stately moods.

"It is quite evident," he observed, "that Mayor Hardin is a professional
cynic. He can scarcely fail to realize that the Emperor would be most
unlikely to allow his personal rights to be infringed."

"Why? What would he do in case they were?"

There was an annoyed stir. Pirenne said, "You are out of order," and, as an
afterthought, "and are making what are near-treasonable statements,
besides."

"Am I to consider myself answered?"

"Yes! If you have nothing further to say

"Don't jump to conclusions. I'd like to ask a question. Besides this stroke
of diplomacy which may or may not prove to mean anything has anything
concrete been done to meet the Anacreonic menace?"

Yate Fulham drew one hand along his ferocious red mustache. "You see a
menace there, do you?"

"Don't you?"

"Scarcely"this with indulgence. "The Emperor

"Great space!" Hardin felt annoyed. "What is this? Every once in a while
someone mentions 'Emperor' or 'Empire' as if it were a magic word. The
Emperor is thousands of parsecs away, and I doubt whether he gives a damn
about us. And if he does, what can he do? What there was of the imperial
navy in these regions is in the hands of the four kingdoms now and Anacreon
has its share. Listen, we have to fight with guns, not with words.

"Now, get this. We've had two months' grace so far, mainly because we've
given Anacreon the idea that we've got nuclear weapons. Well, we all know
that that's a little white lie. We've got nuclear power, but only for
commercial uses, and darn little at that. They're going to find that out
soon, and if you think they're going to enjoy being jollied along, you're
mistaken."

"My dear sir

"Hold on: I'm not finished." Hardin was warming up. He liked this. "It's
all very well to drag chancellors into this, but it would be much nicer to
drag a few great big siege guns fitted for beautiful nuclear bombs into it.
We've lost two months, gentlemen, and we may not have another two months to
lose. What do you propose to do?"

Said Lundin Crast, his long nose wrinkling angrily: "If you're proposing
the militarization of the Foundation, I won't hear a word of it. It would
mark our open entrance into the field of politics. We, Mr. Mayor, are a
scientific foundation and nothing else."

Added Sutt: "He does not realize, moreover, that building armaments would
mean withdrawing men valuable men from the Encyclopedia. That cannot be
done, come what may."

"Very true," agreed Pirenne. "The Encyclopedia first always."

Hardin groaned in spirit. The Board seemed to suffer violently from
Encyclopedia on the brain,

He said icily: "Has it ever occurred to this Board that it is barely
possible that Terminus may have interests other than the Encyclopedia?"

Pirenne replied: "I do not conceive, Hardin, that the Foundation can have
any interest other than the Encyclopedia."

"I didn't say the Foundation; I said Terminus. I'm afraid you don't
understand the situation. There's a good million of us here on Terminus,
and not more than a hundred and fifty thousand are working directly on the
Encyclopedia. To the rest of us, this is home. We were born here. We're
living here. Compared with our farms and our homes and our factories, the
Encyclopedia means little to us. We want them protected

He was shouted down.

"The Encyclopedia first," ground out Crast. "We have a mission to fulfill."

"Mission, hell," shouted Hardin. "That might have been true fifty years
ago. But this is a new generation."

"That has nothing to do with it," replied Pirenne. "We are scientists."

And Hardin leaped through the opening. "Are you, though? That's a nice
hallucination, isn't it? Your bunch here is a perfect example of what's
been wrong with the entire Galaxy for thousands of years. What kind of
science is it to be stuck out here for centuries classifying the work of
scientists of the last millennium? Have you ever thought of working onward,
extending their knowledge and improving upon it? No! You're quite happy to
stagnate. The whole Galaxy is, and has been for space knows how long.
That's why the Periphery is revolting; that's why communications are
breaking down; that's why petty wars are becoming eternal; that's why whole
systems are losing nuclear power and going back to barbarous techniques of
chemical power.

"If you ask me," he cried, "the Galactic Empire is dying!"

He paused and dropped into his chair to catch his breath, paying no
attention to the two or three that were attempting simultaneously to answer
him.

Crast got the floor. "I don't know what you're trying to gain by your
hysterical statements, Mr. Mayor. Certainly, you are adding nothing
constructive to the discussion. I move, Mr. Chairman, that the speaker's
remarks be placed out of order and the discussion be resumed from the point
where it was interrupted."

Jord Fara bestirred himself for the first time. Up to this point Fara had
taken no part in the argument even at its hottest. But now his ponderous
voice, every bit as ponderous as his three-hundred-pound body, burst its
bass way out.

"Haven't we forgotten something, gentlemen?"

"What?" asked Pirenne, peevishly.

"That in a month we celebrate our fiftieth anniversary." Fara had a trick
of uttering the most obvious platitudes with great profundity.

"What of it?"

"And on that anniversary," continued Fara, placidly, "Hari Seldon's Vault
will open. Have you ever considered what might be in the Vault?"

"I don't know. Routine matters. A stock Speech of congratulations, perhaps.
I don't think any significance need be placed on the Vault though the
Journal"and he glared at Hardin, who grinned back did try to make an
issue of it. I put a stop to that."

"Ah," said Fara, "but perhaps you are wrong. Doesn't it strike you" he
paused and put a finger to his round little nose that the Vault is
opening at a very convenient time?"

"Very inconvenient time, you mean," muttered Fulham. "We've got some other
things to worry about."

"Other things more important than a message from Hari Seldon? I think not."
Fara was growing more pontifical than ever, and Hardin eyed him
thoughtfully. What was he getting at?

"In fact," said Fara, happily, "you all seem to forget that Seldon was the
greatest psychologist of our time and that he was the founder of our
Foundation. It seems reasonable to assume that he used his science to
determine the probable course of the history of the immediate future. If he
did, as seems likely, I repeat, he would certainly have managed to find a
way to warn us of danger and, perhaps, to point out a solution. The
Encyclopedia was very dear to his heart, you know."

An aura of puzzled doubt prevailed. Pirenne hemmed. "Well, now, I don't
know. Psychology is a great science, but-there are no psychologists among
us at the moment, I believe. It seems to me we're on uncertain ground."

Fara turned to Hardin. "Didn't you study psychology under Alurin?"

Hardin answered, half in reverie: "Yes, I never completed my studies,
though. I got tired of theory. I wanted to be a psychological engineer, but
we lacked the facilities, so I did the next best thing I went into
politics. It's practically the same thing."

"Well, what do you think of the Vault?"

And Hardin replied cautiously, "I don't know."

He did not say a word for the remainder of the meeting even though it got
back to the subject of the Chancellor of the Empire.

In fact, he didn't even listen. He'd been put on a new track and things
were falling into place-just a little. Little angles were fitting together
one or two.

And psychology was the key. He was sure of that.

He was trying desperately to remember the psychological theory he had once
learned and from it he got one thing right at the start.

A great psychologist such as Seldon could unravel human emotions and human
reactions sufficiently to be able to predict broadly the historical sweep
of the future.

And what would that mean?



4.

Lord Dorwin took snuff. He also had long hair, curled intricately and,
quite obviously, artificially, to which were added a pair of fluffy, blond
sideburns, which he fondled affectionately. Then, too, he spoke in
overprecise statements and left out all the r's.

At the moment, Hardin had no time to think of more of the reasons for the
instant detestation in which he had held the noble chancellor. Oh, yes, the
elegant gestures of one hand with which he accompanied his remarks and the
studied condescension with which he accompanied even a simple affirmative.

But, at any rate, the problem now was to locate him. He had disappeared
with Pirenne half an hour before passed clean out of sight, blast him.

Hardin was quite sure that his own absence during the preliminary
discussions would quite suit Pirenne.

But Pirenne had been seen in this wing And on this floor. It was simply a
matter of trying every door. Halfway down, he said, "Ah!" and stepped into
the darkened room. The profile of Lord Dorwin's intricate hair-do was
unmistakable against the lighted screen.

Lord Dorwin looked up and said: "Ah, Hahdin. You ah looking foah us, no
doubt?" He held out his snuffbox overadorned and poor workmanship at
that, noted Hardinand was politely refused whereat he helped himself to a
pinch and smiled graciously.

Pirenne scowled and Hardin met that with an expression of blank
indifference.

The only sound to break the short silence that followed was the clicking of
the lid of Lord Dorwin's snuffbox. And then he put it away and said:

"A gweat achievement, this Encyclopedia of yoahs, Hahdin. A feat, indeed,
to rank with the most majestic accomplishments of all time."

"Most of us think so, milord. It's an accomplishment not quite accomplished
as yet, however."

"Fwom the little I have seen of the efficiency of yoah Foundation, I have
no feahs on that scoah." And he nodded to Pirenne, who responded with a
delighted bow.

Quite a love feast, thought Hardin. "I wasn't complaining about the lack of
efficiency, milord, as much as of the definite excess of efficiency on the
part of the Anacreonians though in another and more destructive
direction."

"Ah, yes, Anacweon." A negligent wave of the hand. "I have just come from
theah. Most bahbawous planet. It is thowoughly inconceivable that human
beings could live heah in the Pewiphewy. The lack of the most elementawy
wequiahments of a cultuahed gentleman; the absence of the most fundamental
necessities foah comfoht and convenience the uttah desuetude into which
they

Hardin interrupted dryly: "The Anacreonians, unfortunately, have all the
elementary requirements for warfare and all the fundamental necessities for
destruction."

"Quite, quite." Lord Dorwin seemed annoyed, perhaps at being stopped midway
in his sentence. "But we ahn't to discuss business now, y'know. Weally, I'm
othahwise concuhned. Doctah Piwenne, ahn't you going to show me the second
volume? Do, please."

The lights clicked out and for the next half-hour Hardin might as well have
been on Anacreon for all the attention they paid him. The book upon the
screen made little sense to him, nor did he trouble to make the attempt to
follow, but Lord Dorwin became quite humanly excited at times. Hardin
noticed that during these moments of excitement the chancellor pronounced
his r's.

When the lights went on again, Lord Dorwin said: "Mahvelous. Twuly
mahvelous. You ah not, by chance, intewested in ahchaeology, ah you,
Hahdin?"

"Eh?" Hardin shook himself out of an abstracted reverie. "No, milord, can't
say I am. I'm a psychologist by original intention and a politician by
final decision."

"Ah! No doubt intewesting studies. 1, myself, y'know" he helped himself
to a giant pinch of snuff dabble in ahchaeology."

"Indeed?"

"His lordship," interrupted Pirenne, "is most thoroughly acquainted with
the field."

"Well, p'haps I am, p'haps I am," said his lordship complacently. "I have
done an awful amount of wuhk in the science. Extwemely well-read, in fact.
I've gone thwough all of Jawdun, Obijasi, Kwomwill ... oh, all of them,
y'know."

"I've heard of them, of course," said Hardin, "but I've never read them."

"You should some day, my deah fellow. It would amply repay you. Why, I
cutainly considah it well wuhth the twip heah to the Pewiphewy to see this
copy of Lameth. Would you believe it, my Libwawy totally lacks a copy. By
the way, Doctah Piwenne, you have not fohgotten yoah pwomise to
twansdevelop a copy foah me befoah I leave?"

"Only too pleased."

"Lameth, you must know," continued the chancellor, pontifically, "pwesents
a new and most intwesting addition to my pwevious knowledge of the 'Owigin
Question."'

"Which question?" asked Hardin.

"The 'Owigin Question.' The place of the owigin of the human species,
y'know. Suahly you must know that it is thought that owiginally the human
wace occupied only one planetawy system."

"Well, yes, I know that."

"Of cohse, no one knows exactly which system it is lost in the mists of
antiquity. Theah ah theawies, howevah. Siwius, some say. Othahs insist on
Alpha Centauwi, oah on Sol, oah on 61 Cygni all in the Siwius sectah, you
see."

"And what does Lameth say?"

"Well, he goes off along a new twail completely. He twies to show that
ahchaeological wemains on the thuhd planet of the Ahctuwian System show
that humanity existed theah befoah theah wah any indications of
space-twavel."

"And that means it was humanity's birth planet?"

"P'haps. I must wead it closely and weigh the evidence befoah I can say
foah cuhtain. One must see just how weliable his obsuhvations ah."

Hardin remained silent for a short while. Then he said, "When did Lameth
write his book?"

"Oh I should say about eight hundwed yeahs ago. Of cohse, he has based it
lahgely on the pwevious wuhk of Gleen."

"Then why rely on him? Why not go to Arcturus and study the remains for
yourself?"

Lord Dorwin raised his eyebrows and took a pinch of snuff hurriedly. "Why,
whatevah foah, my deah fellow?"

"To get the information firsthand, of course."

"But wheah's the necessity? It seems an uncommonly woundabout and
hopelessly wigmawolish method of getting anywheahs. Look heah, now, I've
got the wuhks of all the old mastahs the gweat ahchaeologists of the
past. I wigh them against each othah balance the disagweements analyze
the conflicting statements decide which is pwobably cowwect and come to
a conclusion. That is the scientific method. At least" patronizingly as
I see it. How insuffewably cwude it would be to go to Ahctuwus, oah to Sol,
foah instance, and blundah about, when the old mastahs have covahed the
gwound so much moah effectually than we could possibly hope to do."

Hardin murmured politely, "I see."

"Come, milord," said Pirenne, "think we had better be returning."

"Ah, yes. P'haps we had."

As they left the room, Hardin said suddenly, "Milord, may I ask a
question?"

Lord Dorwin smiled blandly and emphasized his answer with a gracious
flutter of the hand. "Cuhtainly, my deah fellow. Only too happy to be of
suhvice. If I can help you in any way fwom my pooah stoah of knowledge-"

"It isn't exactly about archaeology, milord."

"No?"

"No. It's this: Last year we received news here in Terminus about the
meltdown of a power plant on Planet V of Gamma Andromeda. We got the barest
outline of the accident no details at all. I wonder if you could tell me
exactly what happened."

Pirenne's mouth twisted. "I wonder you annoy his lordship with questions on
totally irrelevant subjects."

"Not at all, Doctah Piwenne," interceded the chancellor. "It is quite all
wight. Theah isn't much to say concuhning it in any case. The powah plant
did undergo meltdown and it was quite a catastwophe, y'know. I believe
wadiatsen damage. Weally, the govuhnment is sewiously considewing placing
seveah westwictions upon the indiscwiminate use of nucleah powah though
that is not a thing for genewal publication, y'know."

"I understand," said Hardin. "But what was wrong with the plant?"

"Well, weally," replied Lord Dorwin indifferently, "who knows? It had
bwoken down some yeahs pweviously and it is thought that the weplacements
and wepaiah wuhk wuh most infewiah. It is so difficult these days to find
men who weally undahstand the moah technical details of ouah powah
systems." And he took a sorrowful pinch of snuff.

"You realize," said Hardin, "that the independent kingdoms of the Periphery
had lost nuclear power altogether?"

"Have they? I'm not at all suhpwised. Bahbawous planetsOh, but my deah
fellow, don't call them independent. They ahn't, y'know. The tweaties we've
made with them ah pwoof positive of that. They acknowledge the soveweignty
of the Empewah. They'd have to, of cohse, oah we wouldn't tweat with them."

"That may be so, but they have considerable freedom of action."

"Yes, I suppose so. Considewable. But that scahcely mattahs. The Empiah is
fah bettah off, with the Pewiphewy thwown upon its own wesoahces as it
is, moah oah less. They ahn't any good to us, y'know. Most bahbawous
planets. Scahcely civilized."

"They were civilized in the past. Anacreon was one of the richest of the
outlying provinces. I understand it compared favorably with Vega itself."

"Oh, but, Hahdin, that was centuwies ago. You can scahcely dwaw conclusion
fwom that. Things wah diffewent in the old gweat days. We ahn't the men we
used to be, y'know. But, Hahdin, come, you ah a most puhsistent chap.

I've told you I simply won't discuss business today. Doctah Piwenne did
pwepayah me foah you. He told me you would twy to badgah me, but I'm fah
too old a hand foah that. Leave it foah next day. And that was that.



5.

This was the second meeting of the Board that Hardin had attended, if one
were to exclude the informal talks the Board members had had with the
now-departed Lord Dorwin. Yet the mayor had a perfectly definite idea that
at least one other, and possibly two or three, had been held, to which he
had somehow never received an invitation.

Nor, it seemed to him, would he have received notification of this one had
it not been for the ultimatum.

At least, it amounted to an ultimatum, though a superficial reading of the
visigraphed document would lead one to suppose that it was a friendly
interchange of greetings between two potentates.

Hardin fingered it gingerly. It started off floridly with a salutation from
"His Puissant Majesty, the King of Anacreon, to his friend and brother, Dr.
Lewis Pirenne, Chairman of the Board of Trustees, of the Encyclopedia
Foundation Number One," and it ended even more lavishly with a gigantic,
multicolored seal of the most involved symbolism.

But it was an ultimatum just the same.

Hardin said: "It turned out that we didn't have much time after all only
three months. But little as it was, we threw it away unused. This thing
here gives us a week. What do we do now?"

Pirenne frowned worriedly. "There must be a loophole. It is absolutely
unbelievable that they would push matters to extremities in the face of
what Lord Dorwin has assured us regarding the attitude of the Emperor and
the Empire."

Hardin perked up. "I see. You have informed the King of Anacreon of this
alleged attitude?"

"I did after having placed the proposal to the Board for a vote and
having received unanimous consent."

"And when did this vote take place?"

Pirenne climbed onto his dignity. "I do not believe I am answerable to you
in any way, Mayor Hardin."

"All right. I'm not that vitally interested. It's just my opinion that it
was your diplomatic transmission of Lord Dorwin's valuable contribution to
the situation"he lifted the comer of his mouth in a sour half-smile
that was the direct cause of this friendly little note. They might have
delayed longer otherwise though I don't think the additional time would
have helped Terminus any, considering the attitude of the Board."

Said Yate Fulham: "And just how do you arrive at that remarkable
conclusion, Mr. Mayor?"

"In a rather simple way. It merely required the use of that much-neglected
commodity common sense. You see, there is a branch of human knowledge
known as symbolic logic, which can be used to prune away all sorts of
clogging deadwood that clutters up human language."

"What about it?" said Fulham.

"I applied it. Among other things, I applied it to this document here. I
didn't really need to for myself because I knew what it was all about, but
I think I can explain it more easily to five physical scientists by symbols
rather than by words."

Hardin removed a few sheets of paper from the pad under his arm and spread
them out. "I didn't do this myself, by the way," he said. "Muller Holk of
the Division of Logic has his name signed to the analyses, as you can see."

Pirenne leaned over the table to get a better view and Hardin continued:
"The message from Anacreon was a simple problem, naturally, for the men who
wrote it were men of action rather than men of words. It boils down easily
and straightforwardly to the unqualified statement, when in symbols is what
you see, and which in words, roughly translated, is, 'You give us what we
want in a week, or we take it by force.'"

There was silence as the five members of the Board ran down the line of
symbols, and then Pirenne sat down and coughed uneasily.

Hardin said, "No loophole, is there, Dr. Pirenne?"

"Doesn't seem to be."

"All right." Hardin replaced the sheets. "Before you now you see a copy of
the treaty between the Empire and Anacreon a treaty, incidentally, which
is signed on the Emperor's behalf by the same Lord Dorwin who was here last
week and with it a symbolic analysis."

The treaty ran through five pages of fine print and the analysis was
scrawled out in just under half a page.

"As you see, gentlemen, something like ninety percent of the treaty boiled
right out of the analysis as being meaningless, and what we end up with can
be described in the following interesting manner:

"Obligations of Anacreon to the Empire: None!

"Powers of the Empire over Anacreon: None!"

Again the five followed the reasoning anxiously, checking carefully back to
the treaty, and when they were finished, Pirenne said in a worried fashion,
"That seems to be correct."

"You admit, then, that the treaty is nothing but a declaration of total
independence on the part of Anacreon and a recognition of that status by
the Empire?"

"It seems so."

"And do you suppose that Anacreon doesn't realize that, and is not anxious
to emphasize the position of independence so that it would naturally tend
to resent any appearance of threats from the Empire? Particularly when it
is evident that the Empire is powerless to fulfill any such threats, or it
would never have allowed independence."

"But then," interposed Sutt, "how would Mayor Hardin account for Lord
Dorwin's assurances of Empire support? They seemed He shrugged. "Well,
they seemed satisfactory."

Hardin threw himself back in the chair. "You know, that's the most
interesting part of the whole business. I'll admit I had thought his
Lordship a most consummate donkey when I first met him but it turned out
that he was actually an accomplished diplomat and a most clever man. I took
the liberty of recording all his statements."

There was a flurry, and Pirenne opened his mouth in horror.

"What of it?" demanded Hardin. "I realize it was a gross breach of
hospitality and a thing no so-called gentleman would do. Also, that if his
lordship had caught on, things might have been unpleasant; but he didn't,
and I have the record, and that's that. I took that record, had it copied
out and sent that to Holk for analysis, also."

Lundin Crast said, "And where is the analysis?"

"That," replied Hardin, "is the interesting thing. The analysis was the
most difficult of the three by all odds. When Holk, after two days of
steady work, succeeded in eliminating meaningless statements, vague
gibberish, useless qualifications in short, all the goo and dribble he
found he had nothing left. Everything canceled out."

"Lord Dorwin, gentlemen, in five days of discussion didn't say one damned
thing, and said it so you never noticed. There are the assurances you had
from your precious Empire."

Hardin might have placed an actively working stench bomb on the table and
created no more confusion than existed after his last statement. He waited,
with weary patience, for it to die down.

"So," he concluded, "when you sent threats and that's what they were concerning Empire action to Anacreon, you merely irritated a monarch who
knew better. Naturally, his ego would demand immediate action, and the
ultimatum is the result-which brings me to my original statement. We have
one week left and what do we do now?"

"It seems," said Sutt, "that we have no choice but to allow Anacreon to
establish military bases on Terminus."

"I agree with you there," replied Hardin, "but what do we do toward kicking
them off again at the first opportunity?"

Yate Fulham's mustache twitched. "That sounds as if you have made up your
mind that violence must be used against them."

"Violence," came the retort, "is the last refuge of the incompetent. But I
certainly don't intend to lay down the welcome mat and brush off the best
furniture for their use."

"I still don't like the way you put that," insisted Fulham. "It is a
dangerous attitude; the more dangerous because we have noticed lately that
a sizable section of the populace seems to respond to all your suggestions
just so. I might as well tell you, Mayor Hardin, that the board is not
quite blind to your recent activities."

He paused and there was general agreement. Hardin shrugged.

Fulham went on: "If you were to inflame the City into an act of violence,
you would achieve elaborate suicide and we don't intend to allow that.
Our policy has but one cardinal principle, and that is the Encyclopedia.
Whatever we decide to do or not to do will be so decided because it will be
the measure required to keep that Encyclopedia safe."

"Then," said Hardin, "you come to the conclusion that we must continue our
intensive campaign of doing nothing."

Pirenne said bitterly: "You have yourself demonstrated that the Empire
cannot help us; though how and why it can be so, I don't understand. If
compromise is necessary

Hardin had the nightmarelike sensation of running at top speed and getting
nowhere. "There is no compromise! Don't you realize that this bosh about
military bases is a particularly inferior grade of drivel? Haut Rodric told
us what Anacreon was after outright annexation and imposition of its own
feudal system of landed estates and peasant-aristocracy economy upon us.
What is left of our bluff of nuclear power may force them to move slowly,
but they will move nonetheless."

He had risen indignantly, and the rest rose with him except for Jord Fara.

And then Jord Fara spoke. "Everyone will please sit down. We've gone quite
far enough, I think. Come, there's no use looking so furious, Mayor Hardin;
none of us have been committing treason."

"You'll have to convince me of that!"

Fara smiled gently. "You know you don't mean that. Let me speak!"

His little shrewd eyes were half closed, and the perspiration gleamed on
the smooth expanse of his chin. "There seems no point in concealing that
the Board has come to the decision that the real solution to the
Anacreonian problem lies in what is to be revealed to us when the Vault
opens six days from now."

"Is that your contribution to the matter?"

"Yes."

"We are to do nothing, is that fight, except to wait in quiet serenity and
utter faith for the deus ex machina to pop out of the Vault?"

"Stripped of your emotional phraseology, that's the idea."

"Such unsubtle escapism! Really, Dr. Fara, such folly smacks of genius. A
lesser mind would be incapable of it."

Fara smiled indulgently. "Your taste in epigrams is amusing, Hardin, but
out of place. As a matter of fact, I think you remember my line of argument
concerning the Vault about three weeks ago."

"Yes, I remember it. I don't deny that it was anything but a stupid idea
from the standpoint of deductive logic alone. You said stop me when I
make a mistake that Hari Seldon was the greatest psychologist in the
System; that, hence, he could foresee the right and uncomfortable spot
we're in now; that, hence, he established the Vault as a method of telling
us the way out."

"You've got the essence of the idea."

"Would it surprise you to hear that I've given considerable thought to the
matter these last weeks?"

"Very flattering. With what result?"

"With the result that pure deduction is found wanting. Again what is needed
is a little sprinkling of common sense."

"For instance?"

"For instance, if he foresaw the Anacreonian mess, why not have placed us
on some other planet nearer the Galactic centers? It's well known that
Seldon maneuvered the Commissioners on Trantor into ordering the Foundation
established on Terminus. But why should he have done so? Why put us out
here at all if he could see in advance the break in communication lines,
our isolation from the Galaxy, the threat of our neighbors and our
helplessness because of the lack of metals on Terminus? That above all! Or
if he foresaw all this, why not have warned the original settlers in
advance that they might have had time to prepare, rather than wait, as he
is doing, until one foot is over the cliff, before doing so?

"And don't forget this. Even though he could foresee the problem then, we
can see it equally well now. Therefore, if he could foresee the solution
then, we should be able to see it now. After all, Seldon was not a
magician. There are no trick methods of escaping from a dilemma that he can
see and we can't."

"But, Hardin," reminded Fara, "we can't!"

"But you haven't tried. You haven't tried once. First, you refused to admit
that there was a menace at all! Then you reposed an absolutely blind faith
in the Emperor! Now you've shifted it to Hari Seldon. Throughout you have
invariably relied on authority or on the past never on yourselves."

His fists balled spasmodically. "It amounts to a diseased attitude a
conditioned reflex that shunts aside the independence of your minds
whenever it is a question of opposing authority. There seems no doubt ever
in your minds that the Emperor is more powerful than you are, or Hari
Seldon wiser. And that's wrong, don't you see?"

For some reason, no one cared to answer him.

Hardin continued: "It isn't just you. It's the whole Galaxy. Pirenne heard
Lord Dorwin's idea of scientific research. Lord Dorwin thought the way to
be a good archaeologist was to read all the books on the subject written
by men who were dead for centuries. He thought that the way to solve
archaeological puzzles was to weigh the opposing authorities. And Pirenne
listened and made no objections. Don't you see that there's something wrong
with that?"

Again the note of near-pleading in his voice. Again no answer.

He went on: "And you men and half of Terminus as well are just as bad. We
sit here, considering the Encyclopedia the all-in-all. We consider the
greatest end of science. is the classification of past data. It is
important, but is there no further work to be done? We're receding and
forgetting, don't you see? Here in the Periphery they've lost nuclear
power. In Gamma Andromeda, a power plant has undergone meltdown because of
poor repairs, and the Chancellor of the Empire complains that nuclear
technicians are scarce. And the solution? To train new ones? Never! Instead
they're to restrict nuclear power."

And for the third time: "Don't you see? It's Galaxywide. It's a worship of
the past. It's a deterioration a stagnation!"

He stared from one to the other and they gazed fixedly at him.

Fara was the first to recover. "Well, mystical philosophy isn't going to
help us here. Let us be concrete. Do you deny that Hari Seldon could easily
have worked out historical trends of the future by simple psychological
technique?"

"No, of course not," cried Hardin. "But we can't rely on him for a
solution. At best, he might indicate the problem, but if ever there is to
be a solution, we must work it out ourselves. He can't do it for us."

Fulham spoke suddenly. "What do you mean 'indicate the problem'? We know
the problem."

Hardin whirled on him. "You think you do? You think Anacreon is all Hari
Seldon is likely to be worried about. I disagree! I tell you, gentlemen,
that as yet none of you has the faintest conception of what is really going
on."

"And you do?" questioned Pirenne, hostilely.

"I think so!" Hardin jumped up and pushed his chair away. His eyes were
cold and hard. "If there's one thing that's definite, it is that there's
something smelly about the whole situation; something that is bigger than
anything we've talked about yet. Just ask yourself this question: Why was
it that among the original population of the Foundation not one first-class
psychologist was included, except Bor Alurin? And he carefully refrained
from training his pupils in more than the fundamentals."

A short silence and Fara said: "All right. Why?"

"Perhaps because a psychologist might have caught on to what this was all
about and too soon to suit Hari Seldon. As it is, we've been stumbling
about, getting misty glimpses of the truth and no more. And that is what
Hari Seldon wanted."

He laughed harshly. "Good day, gentlemen!"

He stalked out of the room.



6.

Mayor Hardin chewed at the end of his cigar. It had gone out but he was
past noticing that. He hadn't slept the night before and he had a good idea
that he wouldn't sleep this coming night. His eyes showed it.

He said wearily, "And that covers it?"

"I think so." Yohan Lee put a hand to his chin. "How does it sound?"

"Not too bad. It's got to be done, you understand, with impudence. That is,
there is to be no hesitation; no time to allow them to grasp the situation.
Once we are in a position to give orders, why, give them as though you were
born to do so, and they'll obey out of habit. That's the essence of a
coup."

"If the Board remains irresolute for even

"The Board? Count them out. After tomorrow, their importance as a factor in
Terminus affairs won't matter a rusty half-credit."

Lee nodded slowly. "Yet it is strange that they've done nothing to stop us
so far. You say they weren't entirely in the dark."

"Fara stumbles at the edges of the problem. Sometimes he makes me nervous.
And Pirenne's been suspicious of me since I was elected. But, you see, they
never had the capacity of really understanding what was up. Their whole
training has been authoritarian. They are sure that the Emperor, just
because he is the Emperor, is all-powerful. And they are sure that the
Board of Trustees, simply because it is the Board of Trustees acting in the
name of the Emperor, cannot be in a position where it does not give the
orders. That incapacity to recognize the possibility of revolt is our best
ally."

He heaved out of his chair and went to the water cooler. "They're not bad
fellows, Lee, when they stick to their Encyclopedia and we'll see that
that's where they stick in the future. They're hopelessly incompetent when
it comes to ruling Terminus. Go away now and start things rolling. I want
to be alone."

He sat down on the comer of his desk and stared at the cup of water.

Space! If only he were as confident as he pretended! The Anacreonians were
landing in two days and what had he to go on but a set of notions and
half-guesses as to what Had Seldon had been driving at these past fifty
years? He wasn't even a real, honest-to-goodness psychologist just a
fumbler with a little training trying to outguess the greatest mind of the
age.

If Fara were fight; if Anacreon were all the problem Hari Seldon had
foreseen; if the Encyclopedia were all he was interested in preserving then what price coup d'彋at?

He shrugged and drank his water.



7.

The Vault was furnished with considerably more than six chairs, as though a
larger company had been expected. Hardin noted that thoughtfully and seated
himself wearily in a comer just as far from the other five as possible.

The Board members did not seem to object to that arrangement. They spoke
among themselves in whispers, which fell off into sibilant monosyllables,
and then into nothing at all. Of them all, only Jord Fara seemed even
reasonably calm. He had produced a watch and was staring at it somberly.

Hardin glanced at his own watch and then at the glass cubicle absolutely
empty that dominated half the room. It was the only unusual feature of
the room, for aside from that there was no indication that somewhere a
computer was splitting off instants of time toward that precise moment when
a muon stream would flow, a connection be made and
The lights went dim!

They didn't go out, but merely yellowed and sank with a suddenness that
made Hardin jump. He had lifted his eyes to the ceiling lights in startled
fashion, and when he brought them down the glass cubicle was no longer
empty.

A figure occupied it a figure in a wheel chair!

It said nothing for a few moments, but it closed the book upon its lap and
fingered it idly. And then it smiled, and the face seemed all alive.

It said, "I am Hari Seldon." The voice was old and soft.

Hardin almost rose to acknowledge the introduction and stopped himself in
the act.

The voice continued conversationally: "As you see, I am confined to this
chair and cannot rise to greet you. Your grandparents left for Terminus a
few months back in my time and since then I have suffered a rather
inconvenient paralysis. I can't see you, you know, so I can't greet you
properly. I don't even know how many of you there are, so all this must be
conducted informally. If any of you are standing, please sit down; and if
you care to smoke, I wouldn't mind." There was a light chuckle. "Why should
I? I'm not really here."

Hardin fumbled for a cigar almost automatically, but thought better of it.

Hari Seldon put away his book as if laying it upon a desk at his side and when his fingers let go, it disappeared.

He said: "It is fifty years now since this Foundation was established fifty years in which the members of the Foundation have been ignorant of
what it was they were working toward. It was necessary that they be
ignorant, but now the necessity is gone.

"The Encyclopedia Foundation, to begin with, is a fraud, and always has
been!"

There was a sound of a scramble behind Hardin and one or two muffled
exclamations, but he did not turn around.

Hari Seldon was, of course, undisturbed. He went on: "It is a fraud in the
sense that neither I nor my colleagues care at all whether a single volume
of the Encyclopedia is ever published. It has served its purpose, since by
it we extracted an imperial charter from the Emperor, by it we attracted
the hundred thousand humans necessary for our scheme, and by it we managed
to keep them preoccupied while events shaped themselves, until it was too
late for any of them to draw back.

"In the fifty years that you have worked on this fraudulent project there
is no use in softening phrases your retreat has been cut off, and you
have now no choice but to proceed on the infinitely more important project
that was, and is, our real plan.

"To that end we have placed you on such a planet and at such a time that in
fifty years you were maneuvered to the point where you no longer have
freedom of action. From now on, and into the centuries, the path you must
take is inevitable. You will be faced with a series of crises, as you are
now faced with the first, and in each case your freedom of action will
become similarly circumscribed so that you will be forced along one, and
only one, path.

"It is that path which our psychology has worked out and for a reason.

"For centuries Galactic civilization has stagnated and declined, though
only a few ever realized that. But now, at last, the Periphery is breaking
away and the political unity of the Empire is shattered. Somewhere in the
fifty years just past is where the historians of the future will place an
arbitrary line and say: 'This marks the Fall of the Galactic Empire.'

"And they will be right, though scarcely any will recognize that Fall for
additional centuries.

"And after the Fall will come inevitable barbarism, a period which, our
psychohistory tells us, should, under ordinary circumstances, last for
thirty thousand years. We cannot stop the Fall. We do not wish to; for
Imperial culture has lost whatever virility and worth it once had. But we
can shorten the period of Barbarism that must follow down to a single
thousand of years.

"The ins and outs of that shortening, we cannot tell you; just as we could
not tell you the truth about the Foundation fifty years ago. Were you to
discover those ins and outs, our plan might fail; as it would have, had you
penetrated the fraud of the Encyclopedia earlier; for then, by knowledge,
your freedom of action would be expanded and the number of additional
variables introduced would become greater than our psychology could handle.

"But you won't, for there are no psychologists on Terminus, and never were,
but for Alurin and he was one of us.

"But this I can tell you: Terminus and its companion Foundation at the
other end of the Galaxy are the seeds of the Renascence and the future
founders of the Second Galactic Empire. And it is the present crisis that
is starting Terminus off to that climax.

"This, by the way, is a rather straightforward crisis, much simpler than
many of those that are ahead. To reduce it to its fundamentals, it is this:
You are a planet suddenly cut off from the still-civilized centers of the
Galaxy, and threatened by your stronger neighbors. You are a small world of
scientists surrounded by vast and rapidly expanding reaches of barbarism.
You are an island of nuclear power in a growing ocean of more primitive
energy; but are helpless despite that, because of your lack of metals.

"You see, then, that you are faced by hard necessity, and that action is
forced on you. The nature of that action that is, the solution to your
dilemma is, of course, obvious!"

The image of Hari Seldon reached into open air and the book once more
appeared in his hand. He opened it and said:

"But whatever devious course your future history may take, impress it
always upon your descendants that the path has been marked out, and that at
its end is new and greater Empire!"

And as his eyes bent to his book, he flicked into nothingness, and the
lights brightened once more.

Hardin looked up to see Pirenne facing him, eyes tragic and lips trembling.

The chairman's voice was firm but toneless. "You were right, it seems. If
you will see us tonight at six, the Board will consult with you as to the
next move."

They shook his hand, each one, and left, and Hardin smiled to himself. They
were fundamentally sound at that; for they were scientists enough to admit
that they were wrong but for them, it was too late.

He looked at his watch. By this time, it was all over. Lee's men were in
control and the Board was giving orders no longer.

The Anacreonians were landing their first spaceships tomorrow, but that was
all right, too. In six months, they would be giving orders no longer.

In fact, as Hari Seldon had said, and as Salvor Hardin had guessed since
the day that Anselm haut Rodric had first revealed to him Anacreon's lack
of nuclear power the solution to this first crisis was obvious.

Obvious as all hell!

------------------------------------------------------------------------

PART III

THE MAYORS

1.

THE FOUR KINGDOMS The name given to those portions of the Province of
Anacreon which broke away from the First Empire in the early years of the
Foundational Era to form independent and short-lived kingdoms. The largest
and most powerful of these was Anacreon itself which in area...

... Undoubtedly the most interesting aspect of the history of the Four
Kingdoms involves the strange society forced temporarily upon it during the
administration of Salvor Hardin....

ENCYCLOPEDIA GALACTICA

A deputation!

That Salvor Hardin had seen it coming made it none the more pleasant. On
the contrary, he found anticipation distinctly annoying.

Yohan Lee advocated extreme measures. "I don't see, Hardin," he said, "that
we need waste any time. They can't do anything till next election legally, anyway and that gives us a year. Give them the brush-off."

Hardin pursed his lips. "Lee, you'll never learn. In the forty years I've
known you, you've never once learned the gentle art of sneaking up from
behind."

"It's not my way of fighting," grumbled Lee.

"Yes, I know that. I suppose that's why you're the one man I trust." He
paused and reached for a cigar. "We've come a long way, Lee, since we
engineered our coup against the Encyclopedists way back. I'm getting old.
Sixty-two. Do you ever think how fast those thirty years went?"

Lee snorted. "I don't feel old, and I'm sixty-six."

"Yes, but I haven't your digestion." Hardin sucked lazily at his cigar. He
had long since stopped wishing for the mild Vegan tobacco of his youth.
Those days when the planet, Terminus, had trafficked with every part of the
Galactic Empire belonged in the limbo to which all Good Old Days go. Toward
the same limbo where the Galactic Empire was heading. He wondered who the
new emperor was or if there was a new emperor at all or any Empire.
Space! For thirty years now, since the breakup of communications here at
the edge of the Galaxy, the whole universe of Terminus had consisted of
itself and the four surrounding kingdoms.

How the mighty had fallen! Kingdoms! They were prefects in the old days,
all part of the same province, which in turn had been part of a sector,
which in turn had been part of a quadrant, which in turn had been part of
the allembracing Galactic Empire. And now that the Empire had lost control
over the farther reaches of the Galaxy, these little splinter groups of
planets became kingdoms with comic-opera kings and nobles, and petty,
meaningless wars, and a life that went on pathetically among the ruins.

A civilization falling. Nuclear power forgotten. Science fading to
mythology until the Foundation had stepped in. The Foundation that Hari
Seldon had established for just that purpose here on Terminus.

Lee was at the window and his voice broke in on Hardin's reverie. "They've
come," he said, "in a late-model ground car, the young pups." He took a few
uncertain steps toward the door and then looked at Hardin.

Hardin smiled, and waved him back. "I've given orders to have them brought
up here."

"Here! What for? You're making them too important."

"Why go through all the ceremonies of an official mayor's audience? I'm
getting too old for red tape. Besides which, flattery is useful when
dealing with youngsters particularly when it doesn't commit you to
anything." He winked. "Sit down, Lee, and give me your moral backing. I'll
need it with this young Sermak."

"That fellow, Sermak," said Lee, heavily, "is dangerous. He's got a
following, Hardin, so don't underestimate him."

"Have I ever underestimated anybody?"

"Well, then, arrest him. You can accuse him of something or other
afterward."

Hardin ignored that last bit of advice. "There they are, Lee." In response
to the signal, he stepped on the pedal beneath his desk, and the door slid
aside.

They filed in, the four that composed the deputation, and Hardin waved them
gently to the armchairs that faced his desk in a semicircle. They bowed and
waited for the mayor to speak first.

Hardin flicked open the curiously carved silver lid of the cigar box that
had once belonged to Jord Fara of the old Board of Trustees in the
long-dead days of the Encyclopedists. It was a genuine Empire product from
Santanni, though the cigars it now contained were home-grown. One by one,
with grave solemnity, the four of the deputation accepted cigars and lit up
in ritualistic fashion.

Sef Sermak was second from the right, the youngest of the young group and
the most interesting with his bristly yellow mustache trimmed precisely,
and his sunken eyes of uncertain color. The other three Hardin dismissed
almost immediately; they were rank and file on the face of them. It was on
Sermak that he concentrated, the Sermak who had already, in his first term
in the City Council, turned that sedate body topsy-turvy more than once,
and it was to Sermak that he said:

"I've been particularly anxious to see you, Councilman, ever since your
very excellent speech last month. Your attack on the foreign policy of this
government was a most capable one."

Sermak's eyes smoldered. "Your interest honors me. The attack may or may
not have been capable, but it was certainly justified."

"Perhaps! Your opinions are yours, of course. Still you are rather young."

Dryly. "It is a fault that most people are guilty of at some period of
their life. You became mayor of the city when you were two years younger
than I am now."

Hardin smiled to himself. The yearling was a cool customer. He said, "I
take it now that you have come to see me concerning this same foreign
policy that annoys you so greatly in the Council Chamber. Are you speaking
for your three colleagues, or must I listen to each of you separately?"
There were quick mutual glances among the four young men, a slight
flickering of eyelids.

Sermak said grimly, "I speak for the people of Terminus a people who are
not now truly represented in the rubberstamp body they call the Council."

"I see. Go ahead, then!"

"It comes to this, Mr. Mayor. We are dissatisfied

"By 'we' you mean 'the people,' don't you?"

Sermak stared hostilely, sensing a trap, and replied coldly, "I believe
that my views reflect those of the majority of the voters of Terminus. Does
that suit you?"

"Well, a statement like that is all the better for proof, but go on,
anyway. You are dissatisfied."

"Yes, dissatisfied with the policy which for thirty years had been
stripping Terminus defenseless against the inevitable attack from outside."

"I see. And therefore? Go on, go on."

"It's nice of you to anticipate. And therefore we are forming a new
political party; one that will stand for the immediate needs of Terminus
and not for a mystic 'manifest destiny' of future Empire. We are going to
throw you and your lick-spittle clique of appeasers out of City Hall-and
that soon."

"Unless? There's always an 'unless,' you know."

"Not much of one in this case: Unless you resign now. I'm not asking you to
change your policies I wouldn't trust you that far. Your promises are
worth nothing. An outright resignation is all we'll take."

"I see." Hardin crossed his legs and teetered his chair back on two legs.
"That's your ultimatum. Nice of you to give me warning. But, you see, I
rather think I'll ignore it."

"Don't think it was a warning, Mr. Mayor. It was an announcement of
principles and of action. The new party has already been formed, and it
will begin its official activities tomorrow. There is neither room nor
desire for compromise, and, frankly, it was only our recognition of your
services to the City that induced us to offer the easy way out. I didn't
think you'd take it, but my conscience is clear.

The next election will be a more forcible and quite irresistible reminder
that resignation is necessary."

He rose and motioned the rest up.

Hardin lifted his arm. "Hold on! Sit down!"

Sef Sermak seated himself once more with just a shade too much alacrity and
Hardin smiled behind a straight face. In spite of his words, he was waiting
for an offer.

Hardin said, "In exactly what way do you want our foreign policy changed?
Do you want us to attack the Four Kingdoms, now, at once, and all four
simultaneously?"

"I make no such suggestion, Mr. Mayor. It is our simple proposition that
all appeasement cease immediately. Throughout your administration, you have
carried out a policy of scientific aid to the Kingdoms. You have given them
nuclear power. You have helped rebuild power plants on their territories.
You have established medical clinics, chemical laboratories and factories."

"Well? And your objection?"

"You have done this in order to keep them from attacking us. With these as
bribes, you have been playing the fool in a colossal game of blackmail, in
which you have allowed Terminus to be sucked dry with the result that now
we are at the mercy of these barbarians."

"In what way?"

"Because you have given them power, given them weapons, actually serviced
the ships of their navies, they are infinitely stronger than they were
three decades ago. Their demands are increasing, and with their new
weapons, they will eventually satisfy all their demands at once by violent
annexation of Terminus. Isn't that the way blackmail usually ends?"

"And your remedy?"

"Stop the bribes immediately and while you can. Spend your effort in
strengthening Terminus itself and attack first!"

Hardin watched the young fellow's little blond mustache with an almost
morbid interest. Sermak felt sure of himself or he wouldn't talk so much.
There was no doubt that his remarks were the reflection of a pretty huge
segment of the population, pretty huge.

His voice did not betray the slightly perturbed current of his thoughts. If
was almost negligent. "Are you finished?"

"For the moment."

"Well, then, do you notice the framed statement I have on the wall behind
me? Read it, if you will!"

Sermak's lips twitched. "It says: 'Violence is the last refuge of the
incompetent.' That's an old man's doctrine, Mr. Mayor."

"I applied it as a young man, Mr. Councilman and successfully. You were
busily being born when it happened, but perhaps you may have read something
of it in school."

He eyed Sermak closely and continued in measured tones, "When Hari Seldon
established the Foundation here, it was for the ostensible purpose of
producing a great Encyclopedia, and for fifty years we followed that
will-of-the-wisp, before discovering what he was really after. By that
time, it was almost too late. When communications with the central regions
of the old Empire broke down, we found ourselves a world of scientists
concentrated in a single city, possessing no industries, and surrounded by
newly created kingdoms, hostile and largely barbarous. We were a tiny
island of nuclear power in this ocean of barbarism, and an infinitely
valuable prize.

"Anacreon, then as now, the most powerful of the Four Kingdoms, demanded
and later actually established a military base upon Terminus, and the then
rulers of the City, the Encyclopedists, knew very well that this was only a
preliminary to taking over the entire planet. That is how matters stood
when I ... uh ... assumed actual government. What would you have done?"

Sermak shrugged his shoulders. "That's an academic question. Of course, I
know what you did."

"I'll repeat it, anyway. Perhaps you don't get the point. The temptation
was great to muster what force we could and put up a fight. It's the
easiest way out, and the most satisfactory to self-respect but, nearly
invariably, the stupidest. You would have done it; you and your talk of
'attack first.' What I did, instead, was to visit the three other kingdoms,
one by one; point out to each that to allow the secret of nuclear power to
fall into the hands of Anacreon was the quickest way of cutting their own
throats; and suggest gently that they do the obvious thing. That was all.
One month after the Anacreonian force had landed on Terminus, their king
received a joint ultimatum from his three neighbors. In seven days, the
last Anacreonian was off Terminus.

Now tell me, where was the need for violence?"

The young councilman regarded his cigar stub thoughtfully and tossed it
into the incinerator chute. "I fail to see the analogy. Insulin will bring
a diabetic to normal without the faintest need of a knife, but appendicitis
needs an operation. You can't help that. When other courses have failed,
what is left but, as you put it, the last refuge? It's your fault that
we're driven to it."

"I? Oh, yes, again my policy of appeasement. You still seem to lack grasp
of the fundamental necessities of our position. Our problem wasn't over
with the departure of the Anacreonians. They had just begun. The Four
Kingdoms were more our enemies than ever, for each wanted nuclear power-and
each was kept off our throats only for fear of the other three. We are
balanced on the point of a very sharp sword, and the slightest sway in any
direction If, for instance, one kingdom becomes too strong; or if two
form a coalition You understand?"

"Certainly. That was the time to begin all-out preparations for war."

"On the contrary. That was the time to begin all-out prevention of war. I
played them one against the other. I helped each in turn. I offered them
science, trade, education, scientific medicine. I made Terminus of more
value to them as a flourishing world than as a military prize. It worked
for thirty years."

"Yes, but you were forced to surround these scientific gifts with the most
outrageous mummery. You've made half religion, half balderdash out of it.
You've erected a hierarchy of priests and complicated, meaningless ritual."

Hardin frowned. "What of that? I don't see that it has anything to do with
the argument at all. I started that way at first because the barbarians
looked upon our science as a sort of magical sorcery, and it was easiest to
get them to accept it on that basis. The priesthood built itself and if we
help it along we are only following the line of least resistance. It is a
minor matter."

"But these priests are in charge of the power plants. That is not a minor
matter."

"True, but we have trained them. Their knowledge of their tools is purely
empirical; and they have a firm belief in the mummery that surrounds them."

"And if one pierces through the mummery, and has the genius to brush aside
empiricism, what is to prevent him from learning actual techniques, and
selling out to the most satisfactory bidder? What price our value to the
kingdoms, then?"

"Little chance of that, Sermak. You are being superficial. The best men on
the planets of the kingdoms are sent here to the Foundation each year and
educated into the priesthood. And the best of these remain here as research
students. If you think that those who are left, with practically no
knowledge of the elements of science, or worse, still, with the distorted
knowledge the priests receive, can penetrate at a bound to nuclear power,
to electronics, to the theory of the hyperwarp you have a very romantic
and very foolish idea of science. It takes lifetimes of training and an
excellent brain to get that far."

Yohan Lee had risen abruptly during the foregoing speech and left the room.
He had returned now and when Hardin finished speaking, he bent to his
superior's ear. A whisper was exchanged and then a leaden cylinder. Then,
with one short hostile look at the deputation, Lee resumed his chair.

Hardin turned the cylinder end for end in his hands, watching the
deputation through his lashes. And then he opened it with a hard, sudden
twist and only Sermak had the sense not to throw a rapid look at the rolled
paper that fell out.

"In short, gentlemen," he said, "the Government is of the opinion that it
knows what it is doing."

He read as he spoke. There were the lines of intricate, meaningless code
that covered the page and the three penciled words scrawled in one comer
that carried the message. He took it in at a glance and tossed it casually
into the incinerator shaft.

"That," Hardin then said, "ends the interview, I'm afraid. Glad to have met
you all. Thank you for coming." He shook hands with each in perfunctory
fashion, and they filed out.

Hardin had almost gotten out of the habit of laughing, but after Sermak and
his three silent partners were well out of earshot, he indulged in a dry
chuckle and bent an amused look on Lee.

"How did you like that battle of bluffs, Lee?"

Lee snorted grumpily. "I'm not sure that he was bluffing. Treat him with
kid gloves and he's quite liable to win the next election, just as he
says."

"Oh, quite likely, quite likely if nothing happens first."

"Make sure they don't happen in the wrong direction this time, Hardin. I
tell you this Sermak has a following. What if he doesn't wait till the next
election? There was a time when you and I put things through violently, in
spite of your slogan about what violence is."

Hardin cocked an eyebrow. "You are pessimistic today, Lee. And singularly
contrary, too, or you wouldn't speak of violence. Our own little putsch was
carried through without loss of life, you remember. It was a necessary
measure put through at the proper moment, and went over smoothly,
painlessly, and all but effortlessly. As for Sermak, he's up against a
different proposition. You and I, Lee, aren't the Encyclopedists. We stand
prepared. Order your men onto these youngsters in a nice way, old fellow.
Don't let them know they're being watched but eyes open, you understand."

Lee laughed in sour amusement. "I'd be a fine one to wait for your orders,
wouldn't I, Hardin? Sermak and his men have been under surveillance for a
month now."

The mayor chuckled. "Got in first, did you? All right. By the way," he
observed, and added softly, "Ambassador Verisof is returning to Terminus.
Temporarily, I hope."

There was a short silence, faintly horrified, and then Lee said, "Was that
the message? Are things breaking already?"

"Don't know. I can't tell till I hear what Verisof has to say. They may be,
though. After all, they have to before election. But what are you looking
so dead about?"

"Because I don't know how it's going to turn out. You're too deep, Hardin,
and you're playing the game too close to your chest."

"Even you?" murmured Hardin. And aloud, "Does that mean you're going to
join Sermak's new party?"

Lee smiled against his will. "All right. You win. How about lunch now?"



2.

There are many epigrams attributed to Hardin a confirmed epigrammatist a good many of which are probably apocryphal. Nevertheless, it is reported
that on a certain occasion, he said:

"It pays to be obvious, especially if you have a reputation for subtlety."

Poly Verisof had had occasion to act on that advice more than once for he
was now in the fourteenth year of his double status on Anacreon a double
status the upkeep of which reminded him often and unpleasantly of a dance
performed barefoot on hot metal.

To the people of Anacreon he was high priest, representative of that
Foundation which, to those "barbarians," was the acme of mystery and the
physical center of this religion they had created with Hardin's help in
the last three decades. As such, he received a homage that had become
horribly wearying, for from his soul he despised the ritual of which he was
the center.

But to the King of Anacreon the old one that had been, and the young
grandson that was now on the throne he was simply the ambassador of a
power at once feared and coveted.

On the whole, it was an uncomfortable job, and his first trip to the
Foundation in three years, despite the disturbing incident that had made it
necessary, was something in the nature of a holiday.

And since it was not the first time he had had to travel in absolute
secrecy, he again made use of Hardin's epigram on the uses of the obvious.

He changed into his civilian clothes a holiday in itself and boarded a
passenger liner to the Foundation, second class. Once at Terminus, he
threaded his way through the crowd at the spaceport and called up City Hall
at a public visiphone.

He said, "My name is Jan Smite. I have an appointment with the mayor this
afternoon."

The dead-voiced but efficient young lady at the other end made a second
connection and exchanged a few rapid words, then said to Verisof in dry,
mechanical tone, "Mayor Hardin will see you in half an hour, sir," and the
screen went blank.

Whereupon the ambassador to Anacreon bought the latest edition of the
Terminus City Journal, sauntered casually to City Hall Park and, sitting.
down on the first empty bench he came to, read the editorial page, sport
section and comic sheet while waiting. At the end of half an hour, he
tucked the paper under his arm, entered City Hall and presented himself in
the anteroom.

In doing all this he remained safely and thoroughly unrecognized, for since
he was so entirely obvious, no one gave him a second look.

Hardin looked up at him and grinned. "Have a cigar! How was the trip?"

Verisof helped himself. "Interesting. There was a priest in the next cabin
on his way here to take a special course in the preparation of radioactive
synthetics for the treatment of cancer, you know

"Surely, he didn't call it radioactive synthetics, now?"

"I guess not! It was the Holy Food to him."

The mayor smiled. "Go on."

"He inveigled me into a theological discussion and did his level best to
elevate me out of sordid materialism."

"And never recognized his own high priest?"

"Without my crimson robe? Besides, he was a Smyrnian. It was an interesting
experience, though. It is remarkable, Hardin, how the religion of science
has grabbed hold. I've written an essay on the subject entirely for my
own amusement; it wouldn't do to have it published. Treating the problem
sociologically, it would seem that when the old Empire began to rot at the
fringes, it could be considered that science, as science, had failed the
outer worlds. To be reaccepted it would have to present itself in another
guise and it has done just that. It works out beautifully."

"Interesting!" The mayor placed his arms around his neck and said suddenly,
"Start talking about the situation at Anacreon!"

The ambassador frowned and withdrew the cigar from his mouth. He looked at
it distastefully and put it down. "Well, it's pretty bad."

"You wouldn't be here, otherwise."

"Scarcely. Here's the position. The key man at Anacreon is the Prince
Regent, Wienis. He's King Lepold's uncle."

"I know. But Lepold is coming of age next year, isn't he? I believe he'll
be sixteen in February."

"Yes." Pause, and then a wry addition. "If he lives. The king's father died
under suspicious circumstances. A needle bullet through the chest during a
hunt. It was called an accident."

"Hmph. I seem to remember Wienis the time I was on Anacreon, when we kicked
them off Terminus. It was before your time. Let's see now. If I remember,
he was a dark young fellow, black hair and a squint in his right eye. He
had a funny hook in his nose."

"Same fellow. The hook and the squint are still there, but his hair's gray
now. He plays the game dirty. Luckily, he's the most egregious fool on the
planet. Fancies himself as a shrewd devil, too, which mades his folly the
more transparent."

"That's usually the way."

"His notion of cracking an egg is to shoot a nuclear blast at it. Witness
the tax on Temple property he tried to impose just after the old king died
two years ago. Remember?"

Hardin nodded thoughtfully, then smiled. "The priests raised a howl."

"They raised one you could hear way out to Lucreza. He's shown more caution
in dealing with the priesthood since, but he still manages to do things the
hard way. In a way, it's unfortunate for us; he has unlimited
self-confidence."

"Probably an over-compensated inferiority complex. Younger sons of royalty
get that way, you know."

"But it amounts to the same thing. He's foaming at the mouth with eagerness
to attack the Foundation. He scarcely troubles to conceal it. And he's in a
position to do it, too, from the standpoint of armament. The old king built
up a magnificent navy, and Wienis hasn't been sleeping the last two years.
In fact, the tax on Temple property was originally intended for further
armament, and when that fell through he increased the income tax twice."

"Any grumbling at that?"

"None of serious importance. Obedience to appointed authority was the text
of every sermon in the kingdom for weeks. Not that Wienis showed any
gratitude."

"All right. I've got the background. Now what's happened?"

"Two weeks ago an Anacreonian merchant ship came across a derelict battle
cruiser of the old Imperial Navy. It must have been drifting in space for
at least three centuries."

Interest flickered in Hardin's eyes. He sat up. "Yes, I've heard of that.
The Board of Navigation has sent me a petition asking me to obtain the ship
for purposes of study. It is in good condition, I understand."

"In entirely too good condition," responded Verisof, dryly. "When Wienis
received your suggestion last week that he turn the ship over to the
Foundation, he almost had convulsions."

"He hasn't answered yet."

"He won't except with guns, or so he thinks. You see, he came to me on
the day I left Anacreon and requested that the Foundation put this battle
cruiser into fighting order and turn it over to the Anacreonian navy. He
had the infernal gall to say that your note of last week indicated a plan
of the Foundation's to attack Anacreon. He said that refusal to repair the
battle cruiser would confirm his suspicions; and indicated that measures
for the self-defense of Anacreon would be forced upon him. Those are his
words. Forced upon him! And that's why I'm here."

Hardin laughed gently.

Verisof smiled and continued, "Of course, he expects a refusal, and it
would be a perfect excuse in his eyes for immediate attack."

"I see that, Verisof. Well, we have at least six months to spare, so have
the ship fixed up and present it with my compliments. Have it renamed the
Wienis as a mark of our esteem and affection."

He laughed again.

And again Verisof responded with the faintest trace of a smile, "I suppose
it's the logical step, Hardin but I'm worried."

"What about?"

"It's a ship! They could build in those days. Its cubic capacity is half
again that of the entire Anacreonian navy. It's got nuclear blasts capable
of blowing up a planet, and a shield that could take a Q-beam without
working up radiation. Too much of a good thing, Hardin

"Superficial, Verisof, superficial. You and I both know that the armament
he now has could defeat Terminus handily, long before we could repair the
cruiser for our own use. What does it matter, then, if we give him the
cruiser as well? You know it won't ever come to actual war."

"I suppose so. Yes." The ambassador looked up. "But Hardin

"Well? Why do you stop? Go ahead."

"Look. This isn't my province. But I've been reading the paper." He placed
the Journal on the desk and indicated the front page. "What's this all
about?"

Hardin dropped a casual glance. "'A group of Councilmen are forming a new
political party."'

"That's what it says." Verisof fidgeted. "I know you're in better touch
with internal matters than I am, but they're attacking you with everything
short of physical violence. How strong are they?"

"Damned strong. They'll probably control the Council after next election."

"Not before?" Verisof looked at the mayor obliquely. "There are ways of
gaining control besides elections."

"Do you take me for Wienis?"

"No. But repairing the ship will take months and an attack after that is
certain. Our yielding will be taken as a sign of appalling weakness and the
addition of the Imperial Cruiser will just about double the strength of
Wienis' navy. He'll attack as sure as I'm a high priest. Why take chances?
Do one of two things. Either reveal the plan of campaign to the Council, or
force the issue with Anacreon now!"

Hardin frowned. "Force the issue now? Before the crisis comes? It's the one
thing I mustn't do. There's Hari Seldon and the Plan, you know."

Verisof hesitated, then muttered, "You're absolutely sure, then, that there
is a Plan?"

"There can scarcely be any doubt," came the stiff reply. "I was present at
the opening of the Time Vault and Seldon's recording revealed it then."

"I didn't mean that, Hardin. I just don't see how it could be possible to
chart history for a thousand years ahead. Maybe Seldon overestimated
himself." He shriveled a bit at Hardin's ironical smile, and added, "Well,
I'm no psychologist,"

"Exactly. None of us are. But I did receive some elementary training in my
youth enough to know what psychology is capable of, even if I can't
exploit its capabilities myself. There's no doubt but that Seldon did
exactly what he claims to have done. The Foundation, as he says, was
established as a scientific refuge the means by which the science and
culture of the dying Empire was to be preserved through the centuries of
barbarism that have begun, to be rekindled in the end into a second
Empire."

Verisof nodded, a trifle doubtfully. "Everyone knows that's the way things
are supposed to go. But can we afford to take chances? Can we risk the
present for the sake of a nebulous future?"

"We must because the future isn't nebulous. It's been calculated out by
Seldon and charted. Each successive crisis in our history is mapped and
each depends in a measure on the successful conclusion of the ones
previous. This is only the second crisis and Space knows what effect even a
trifling deviation would have in the end."

"That's rather empty speculation."

"No! Hari Seldon said in the Time Vault, that at each crisis our freedom of
action would become circumscribed to the point where only one course of
action was possible."

"So as to keep us on the straight and narrow?"

"So as to keep us from deviating, yes. But, conversely, as long as more
than one course of action is possible, the crisis has not been reached. We
must let things drift so long as we possibly can, and by space, that's what
I intend doing."

Verisof didn't answer. He chewed his lower lip in a grudging silence. It
had only been the year before that Hardin had first discussed the problem
with him the real problem; the problem of countering Anacreon's hostile
preparations. And then only because he, Verisof, had balked at further
appeasement.

Hardin seemed to follow his ambassador's thoughts. "I would much rather
never to have told you anything about this."

"What makes you say that?" cried Verisof, in surprise.

"Because there are six people now you and I, the other three ambassadors
and Yohan Lee who have a fair notion of what's ahead; and I'm damned
afraid that it was Seldon's idea to have no one know."

"Why so?"

"Because even Seldon's advanced psychology was limited. It could not handle
too many independent variables. He couldn't work with individuals over any
length of time; any more than you could apply kinetic theory of gases to
single molecules. He worked with mobs, populations of whole planets, and
only blind mobs who do not possess foreknowledge of the results of their
own actions."

"That's not plain."

"I can't help it. I'm not psychologist enough to explain it scientifically.
But this you know. There are no trained psychologists on Terminus and no
mathematical texts on the science. It is plain that he wanted no one on
Terminus capable of working out the future in advance. Seldon wanted us to
proceed blindly and therefore correctly according to the law of mob
psychology. As I once told you, I never knew where we were heading when I
first drove out the Anacreonians. My idea had been to maintain balance of
power, no more than that. It was only afterward that I thought I saw a
pattern in events; but I've done my level best not to act on that
knowledge. Interference due to foresight would have knocked the Plan out of
kilter."

Verisof nodded thoughtfully. "I've heard arguments almost as complicated in
the Temples back on Anacreon. How do you expect to spot the fight moment of
action?"

"It's spotted already. You admit that once we repair the battle cruiser
nothing will stop Wienis from attacking us. There will no longer be any
alternative in that respect."

"Yes

"All right. That accounts for the external aspect. Meanwhile, you'll
further admit that the next election will see a new and hostile Council
that will force action against Anacreon. There is no alternative there."

"Yes."

"And as soon as all the alternatives disappear, the crisis has come. Just
the same I get worried."

He paused, and Verisof waited. Slowly, almost reluctantly, Hardin
continued, "I've got the idea just a notion that the external and
internal pressures were planned to come to a head simultaneously. As it is,
there's a few months difference. Wienis will probably attack before spring,
and elections are still a year off."

"That doesn't sound important."

"I don't know. It may be due merely to unavoidable errors of calculation,
or it might be due to the fact that I knew too much. I tried never to let
my foresight influence my action, but how can I tell? And what effect will
the discrepancy have? Anyway," he looked up, "there's one thing I've
decided."

"And what's that?"

"When the crisis does begin to break, I'm going to Anacreon. I want to be
on the spot ... Oh, that's enough, Verisof. It's getting late. Let's go out
and make a night of it. I want some relaxation."

"Then get it right here,' said Verisof. "I don't want to be recognized, or
you know what this new party your precious Councilmen are forming would
say. Call for the brandy."

And Hardin did but not for too much.



3.

In the ancient days when the Galactic Empire had embraced the Galaxy, and
Anacreon had been the richest of the prefects of the Periphery, more than
one emperor had visited the Viceregal Palace in state. And not one had left
without at least one effort to pit his skill with air speedster and needle
gun against the feathered flying fortress they call the Nyakbird.

The fame of Anacreon had withered to nothing with the decay of the times.
The Viceregal Palace was a drafty mass of ruins except for the wing that
Foundation workmen had restored. And no Emperor had been seen in Anacreon
for two hundred years.

But Nyak hunting was still the royal sport and a good eye with the needle
gun still the first requirement of Anacreon's kings.

Lepold I, King of Anacreon and as was invariably, but untruthfully added
Lord of the Outer Dominions, though not yet sixteen had already proved
his skill many times over. He had brought down his first Nyak when scarcely
thirteen; had brought down his tenth the week after his accession to the
throne; and was returning now from his forty-sixth.

"Fifty before I come of age," he had exulted. "Who'll take the wager?"

But Courtiers don't take wagers against the king's skill. There is the
deadly danger of winning. So no one did, and the king left to change his
clothes in high spirits.

"Lepold!"

The king stopped mid-step at the one voice that could cause him to do so.
He turned sulkily.

Wienis stood upon the threshold of his chambers and beetled at his young
nephew.

"Send them away," he motioned impatiently. "Get rid of them."

The king nodded curtly and the two chamberlains bowed and backed down the
stairs. Lepold entered his uncle's room.

Wienis stared at the king's hunting suit morosely. "You'll have more
important things to tend to than Nyak hunting soon enough."

He turned his back and stumped to his desk. Since he had grown too old for
the rush of air, the perilous dive within wing-beat of the Nyak, the roll
and climb of the speedster at the motion of a foot, he had soured upon the
whole sport.

Lepold appreciated his uncle's sour-grapes attitude and it was not without
malice that he began enthusiastically, "But you should have been with us
today, uncle. We flushed one in the wilds of Sarnia that was a monster. And
game as they come. We had it out for two hours over at least seventy square
miles of ground. And then I got to Sunwards he was motioning graphically,
as though he were once more in his speedster and dived torque-wise.
Caught him on the rise just under the left wing at quarters. It maddened
him and he canted athwart. I took his dare and veered a-left, waiting for
the plummet. Sure enough, down he came. He was within wing-beat before I
moved and then

"Lepold!"

"Well!I got him."

"I'm sure you did. Now will you attend?"

The king shrugged and gravitated to the end table where he nibbled at a
Lera nut in quite an unregal sulk. He did not dare to meet his uncle's
eyes.

Wienis said, by way of preamble, "I've been to the ship today."

"What ship?"

"There is only one ship. The ship. The one the Foundation is repairing for
the navy. The old Imperial cruiser. Do I make myself sufficiently plain?"

"That one? You see, I told you the Foundation would repair it if we asked
them to. It's all poppycock, you know, that story of yours about their
wanting to attack us. Because if they did, why would they fix the ship? It
doesn't make sense, you know."

"Lepold, you're a fool!"

The king, who had just discarded the shell of the Lera nut and was lifting
another to his lips, flushed.

"Well now, look here," he said, with anger that scarcely rose above
peevishness, "I don't think you ought to call me that. You forget yourself.
I'll be of age in two months, you know."

"Yes, and you're in a fine position to assume regal responsibilities. If
you spent half the time on public affairs that you do on Nyak hunting, I'd
resign the regency directly with a clear conscience."

"I don't care. That has nothing to do with the case, you know. The fact is
that even if you are the regent and my uncle, I'm still king and you're
still my subject. You oughtn't to call me a fool and you oughtn't to sit in
my presence, anyway. You haven't asked my permission. I think you ought to
be careful, or I might do something about it pretty soon."

Wienis' gaze was cold. "May I refer to you as 'your majesty'?"

"Yes."

"Very well! You are a fool, your majesty!"

His dark eyes blazed from beneath his grizzled brows and the young king sat
down slowly. For a moment, there was sardonic satisfaction in the regent's
face, but it faded quickly. His thick lips parted in a smile and one hand
fell upon the king's shoulder.

"Never mind, Lepold. I should not have spoken harshly to you. It is
difficult sometimes to behave with true propriety when the pressure of
events is such as You understand?" But if the words were conciliatory,
there was something in his eyes that had not softened.

Lepold said uncertainly, "Yes. Affairs of State are deuced difficult, you
know." He wondered, not without apprehension, whether he were not in for a
dull siege of meaningless details on the year's trade with Smyrno and the
long, wrangling dispute over the sparsely settled worlds on the Red
Corridor.

Wienis was speaking again. "My boy, I had thought to speak of this to you
earlier, and perhaps I should have, but I know that your youthful spirits
are impatient of the dry detail of statecraft."

Lepold nodded. "Well, that's all right

His uncle broke in firmly and continued, "However, you will come of age in
two months. Moreover, in the difficult times that are coming, you will have
to take a full and active part. You will be king henceforward, Lepold."

Again Lepold nodded, but his expression was quite blank.

"There will be war, Lepold."

"War! But there's been truce with Smyrno

"Not Smyrno. The Foundation itself."

"But, uncle, they've agreed to repair the ship. You said

His voice choked off at the twist of his uncle's lip.

"Lepold" some of the friendliness had gone we are to talk man to man.
There is to be war with the Foundation, whether the ship is repaired or
not; all the sooner, in fact, since it is being repaired. The Foundation is
the source of power and might. All the greatness of Anacreon; all its ships
and its cities and its people and its commerce depend on the dribbles and
leavings of power that the Foundation have given us grudgingly. I remember
the time I, myself when the cities of Anacreon were warmed by the
burning of coal and oil. But never mind that; you would have no conception
of it."

"It seems," suggested the king timidly, "that we ought to be grateful

"Grateful?" roared Wienis. "Grateful that they begrudge us the merest
dregs, while keeping space knows what for themselves and keeping it with
what purpose in mind? Why, only that they may some day rule the Galaxy."

His hand came down on his nephew's knee, and his eyes narrowed. "Lepold,
you are king of Anacreon. Your children and your children's children may be
kings of the universe if you have the power that the Foundation is
keeping from us!"

"There's something in that." Lepold's eyes gained a sparkle and his back
straightened. "After all, what right have they to keep it to themselves?
Not fair, you know. Anacreon counts for something, too."

"You see, you're beginning to understand. And now, my boy, what if Smyrno
decides to attack the Foundation for its own part and thus gains all that
power? How long do you suppose we could escape becoming a vassal power? How
long would you hold your throne?"

Lepold grew excited. "Space, yes. You're absolutely right, you know. We
must strike first. It's simply self-defense."

Wienis' smile broadened slightly. "Furthermore, once, at the very beginning
of the reign of your grandfather, Anacreon actually established a military
base on the Foundation's planet, Terminus a base vitally needed for
national defense. We were forced to abandon that base as a result of the
machinations of the leader of that Foundation, a sly cur, a scholar, with
not a drop of noble blood in his veins. You understand, Lepold? Your
grandfather was humiliated by this commoner. I remember him! He was
scarcely older than myself when he came to Anacreon with his devil's smile
and devil's brain and the power of the other three kingdoms behind him,
combined in cowardly union against the greatness of Anacreon."

Lepold flushed and the sparkle in his eyes blazed. "By Seldon, if I had
been my grandfather, I would have fought even so."

"No, Lepold. We decided to wait to wipe out the insult at a fitter time.
It had been your father's hope, before his untimely death, that he might be
the one to Well, well!" Wienis turned away for a moment. Then, as if
stifling emotion, "He was my brother. And yet, if his son were

"Yes, uncle, I'll not fail him. I have decided. It seems only proper that
Anacreon wipe out this nest of troublemakers, and that immediately."

"No, not immediately. First, we must wait for the repairs of the battle
cruiser to be completed. The mere fact that they are willing to undertake
these repairs proves that they fear us. The fools attempt to placate us,
but we are not to be turned from our path, are we?"

And Lepold's fist slammed against his cupped palm.

"Not while I am king in Anacreon."

Wienis' lip twitched sardonically. "Besides which we must wait for Salvor
Hardin to arrive."

"Salvor Hardin!" The king grew suddenly round-eyed, and the youthful
contour of his beardless face lost the almost hard lines into which they
had been compressed.

"Yes, Lepold, the leader of the Foundation himself is coming to Anacreon on
your birthday probably to soothe us with buttered words. But it won't
help him."

"Salvor Hardin!" It was the merest murmur.

Wienis frowned. "Are you afraid of the name? It is the same Salvor Hardin,
who on his previous visit, ground our noses into the dust. You're not
forgetting that deadly insult to the royal house? And from a commoner. The
dregs of the gutter."

"No. I guess not. No, I won't. I won't! We'll pay him back but...but I'm afraid a little."

The regent rose. "Afraid? Of what? Of what, you young He choked off.

"It would be...uh...sort of blasphemous, you know, to attack the
Foundation. I mean He paused.

"Go on."

Lepold said confusedly, "I mean, if there were really a Galactic Spirit,
he...uh...it mightn't like it. Don't you think?

"No, I don't," was the hard answer. Wienis sat down again and his lips
twisted in a queer smile. "And so you

really bother your head a great deal over the Galactic Spirit, do you?
That's what comes of letting you run wild. You've been listening to Verisof
quite a bit, I take it."

"He's explained a great deal

"About the Galactic Spirit?"

"Yes."

"Why, you unweaned cub, he believes in that mummery a good deal less than I
do, and I don't believe in it at all. How many times have you been told
that all this talk is nonsense?"

"Well, I know that. But Verisof says

"Pay no heed to Verisof. It's nonsense."

There was a short, rebellious silence, and then Lepold said, "Everyone
believes it just the same. I mean all this talk about the Prophet Hari
Seldon and how he appointed the Foundation to carry on his commandments
that there might some day be a return of the Galactic Paradise: and how
anyone who disobeys his commandments will be destroyed for eternity. They
believe it. I've presided at festivals, and I'm sure they do."

"Yes, they do; but we don't. And you may be thankful it's so, for according
to this foolishness, you are king by divine right and are semi-divine
yourself. Very handy. It eliminates all possibilities of revolts and
insures absolute obedience in everything. And that is why, Lepold, you must
take an active part in ordering the war against the Foundation. I am only
regent, and quite human. You are king, and more than half a god to them."

"But I suppose I'm not really," said the king reflectively.

"No, not really," came the sardonic response, "but you are to everyone but
the people of the Foundation. Get that? To everyone but those of the
Foundation. Once they are removed there will be no one to deny you the
godhead. Think of that!"

"And after that we will ourselves be able to operate the power boxes of the
temples and the ships that fly without men and the holy food that cures
cancer and all the rest? Verisof said only those blessed with the Galactic
Spirit could

"Yes, Verisof said! Verisof, next to Salvor Hardin, is your greatest enemy.
Stay with me, Lepold, and don't worry about them. Together we will recreate
an empire-not just the kingdom of Anacreon-but one comprising every one of
the billions of suns of the Empire. Is that better than a wordy 'Galactic
Paradise'?"

"Ye-es."

"Can Verisof promise more?"

"No."

"Very well." His voice became peremptory. "I suppose we may consider the
matter settled." He waited for no answer. "Get along. I'll be down later.
And just one thing, Lepold."

The young king turned on the threshold.

Wienis was smiling with all but his eyes. "Be careful on these Nyak hunts,
my boy. Since the unfortunate accident to your father, I have had the
strangest presentiments concerning you, at times. In the confusion, with
needle guns thickening the air with darts, one can never tell. You will be
careful, I hope. And you'll do as I say about the Foundation, won't you?"

Lepold's eyes widened and dropped away from those of his uncle. "Yes certainly."

"Good!" He stared after his departing nephew, expressionlessly, and
returned to his desk.

And Lepold's thoughts as he left were somber and not unfearful. Perhaps it
would be best to defeat the Foundation and gain the power Wienis spoke of.
But afterward, when the war was over and he was secure on his throneHe
became acutely conscious of the fact that Wienis and his two arrogant sons
were at present next in line to the throne.

But he was king. And kings could order people executed.

Even uncles and cousins.



4.

Next to Sermak himself, Lewis Bort was the most active in rallying those
dissident elements which had fused into the now-vociferous Action Party.
Yet he had not been one of the deputation that had called on Salvor Hardin
almost half a year previously. That this was so was not due to any lack of
recognition of his efforts; quite the contrary. He was absent for the very
good reason that he was on Anacreon's capital world at the time.

He visited it as a private citizen. He saw no official and he did nothing
of importance. He merely watched the obscure comers of the busy planet and
poked his stubby nose into dusty crannies.

He arrived home toward the end of a short winter day that had started with
clouds and was finishing with snow and within an hour was seated at the
octagonal table in Sermak's home.

His first words were not calculated to improve the atmosphere of a
gathering already considerably depressed by the deepening snow-filled
twilight outside..

"I'm afraid," he said, "that our position is what is usually termed, in
melodramatic phraseology, a 'Lost Cause.'"

"You think so?" said Sermak, gloomily.

"It's gone past thought, Sermak. There's no room for any other opinion."

"Armaments began Dokor Walto, somewhat officiously, but Bort broke in at
once.

"Forget that. That's an old story." His eyes traveled round the circle.
"I'm referring to the people. I admit that it was my idea originally that
we attempt to foster a palace rebellion of some sort to install as king
someone more favorable to the Foundation. It was a good idea. It still is.
The only trifling flaw about it is that it is impossible. The great Salvor
Hardin saw to that."

Sermak said sourly, "If you'd give us the details, Bort

"Details! There aren't any! It isn't as simple as that. It's the whole
damned situation on Anacreon. It's this religion the Foundation has
established. It works!"

"Well!"

"You've got to see it work to appreciate it. All you see here is that we
have a large school devoted to the training of priests, and that
occasionally a special show is put on in some obscure comer of the city for
the benefit of pilgrims and that's all. The whole business hardly affects
us as a general thing. But on Anacreon

Lem Tarki smoothed his prim little Vandyke with one finger, and cleared his
throat. "What kind of religion is it? Hardin's always said that it was just
a fluffy flummery to get them to accept our science without question. You
remember, Sermak, he told us that day

"Hardin's explanations," reminded Sermak, "don't often mean much at face
value. But what kind of a religion is it, Bort?"

Bort considered. "Ethically, it's fine. It scarcely varies from the various
philosophies of the old Empire. High moral standards and all that. There's
nothing to complain about from that viewpoint. Religion is one of the great
civilizing influences of history and in that respect, it's fulfilling

"We know that," interrupted Sermak, impatiently. "Get to the point."

"Here it is." Bort was a trifle disconcerted, but didn't show it. "The
religion which the Foundation has fostered and encouraged, mind you is
built on on strictly authoritarian lines. The priesthood has sole control
of the instruments of science we have given Anacreon, but they've learned
to handle these tools only empirically. They believe in this religion
entirely, and in the ... uh ... spiritual value of the power they handle.
For instance, two months ago some fool tampered with the power plant in the
Thessalekian Temple one of the large ones. He contaminated the city, of
course. It was considered divine vengeance by everyone, including the
priests."

"I remember. The papers had some garbled version of the story at the time.
I don't see what you're driving at."

"Then, listen," said Bort, stiffly. "The priesthood forms a hierarchy at
the apex of which is the king, who is regarded as a sort of minor god. He's
an absolute monarch by divine right, and the people believe it, thoroughly,
and the priests, too. You can't overthrow a king like that. Now do you get
the point?"

"Hold on," said Walto, at this point. "What did you mean when you said
Hardin's done all this? How does he come in?"

Bort glanced at his questioner bitterly. "The Foundation has fostered this
delusion assiduously. We've put all our scientific backing behind the hoax.
There isn't a festival at which the king does not preside surrounded by a
radioactive aura shining forth all over his body and raising itself like a
coronet above his head. Anyone touching him is severely burned. He can move
from place to place through the air at crucial moments, supposedly by
inspiration of divine spirit. He fills the temple with a pearly, internal
light at a gesture. There is no end to these quite simple tricks that we
perform for his benefit; but even the priests believe them, while working
them personally."

"Bad!" said Sermak, biting his lip.

"I could cry like the fountain in City Hall Park," said Bort, earnestly,
"when I think of the chance we muffed. Take the situation thirty years ago,
when Hardin saved the Foundation from Anacreon At that time, the
Anacreonian people had no real conception of the fact that the Empire was
running down. They had been more or less running their own affairs since
the Zeonian revolt, but even after communications broke down and Lepold's
pirate of a grandfather made himself king, they never quite realized the
Empire had gone kaput.

"If the Emperor had had the nerve to try, he could have taken over again
with two cruisers and with the help of the internal revolt that would have
certainly sprung to life. And we we could have done the same; but no,
Hardin established monarch worship. Personally, I don't understand it. Why?
Why? Why?"

"What," demanded Jaim Orsy, suddenly, "does Verisof do? There was a day
when he was an advanced Actionist. What's he doing there? Is he blind,
too?"

"I don't know," said Bort, curtly. "He's high priest to them. As far as I
know, he does nothing but act as adviser to the priesthood on technical
details. Figurehead, blast him, figurehead!"

There was silence all round and all eyes turned to Sermak. The young party
leader was biting a fingernail nervously, and then said loudly, "No good.
It's fishy!"

He looked around him, and added more energetically, "Is Hardin then such a
fool?"

"Seems to be," shrugged Bort.

"Never! There's something wrong. To cut our own throats so thoroughly and
so hopelessly would require colossal stupidity. More than Hardin could
possibly have even if he were a fool, which I deny. On the one hand, to
establish a religion that would wipe out all chance of internal troubles.
On the other hand, to arm Anacreon with all weapons of warfare. I don't see
it."

"The matter is a little obscure, I admit," said Bort, "but the facts are
there. What else can we think?"

Walto said, jerkily, "Outright treason. He's in their pay."

But Sermak shook his head impatiently. "I don't see that, either. The whole
affair is as insane and meaningless Tell me, Bort, have you heard
anything about a battle cruiser that the Foundation is supposed to have put
into shape for use in the Anacreon navy?"

"Battle cruiser?"

"An old Imperial cruiser

"No, I haven't. But that doesn't mean much. The navy yards are religious
sanctuaries completely inviolate on the part of the lay public. No one ever
hears anything about the fleet.

"Well, rumors have leaked out. Some of the Party have brought the matter up
in Council. Hardin never denied it, you know. His spokesmen denounced rumor
mongers and let it go at that. It might have significance."

"It's of a piece with the rest," said Bort. "if true, it's absolutely
crazy. But it wouldn't be worse than the rest."

"I suppose," said Orsy, "Hardin hasn't any secret weapon waiting. That
might

"Yes," said Sermak, viciously, "a huge jack-in-the-box that will jump out
at the psychological moment and scare old Wienis into fits. The Foundation
may as well blow itself out of existence and save itself the agony of
suspense if it has to depend on any secret weapon."

"Well," said Orsy, changing the subject hurriedly, "the question comes down
to this: How much time have we left? Eli, Bort?"

"All fight. It is the question. But don't look at me; I don't know. The
Anacreonian press never mentions the Foundation at all. Right now, it's
full of the approaching celebrations and nothing else. Lepold is coming of
age next week, you know."

"We have months then." Walto smiled for the first time that evening. "That
gives us time

"That gives us time, my foot," ground out Bort, impatiently. "The king's a
god, I tell you. Do you suppose he has to carry on a campaign of propaganda
to get his people into fighting spirit? Do you suppose he has to accuse us
of aggression and pull out all stops on cheap emotionalism? When the time
comes to strike, Lepold gives the order and the people fight. Just like
that. That the damnedness of the system. You don question a god. He may
give the order tomorrow for all I know; and you can wrap tobacco round that
and smoke it."

Everyone tried to talk at once and Sermak was slamming the table for
silence, when the front door opened and Levi Norast stamped in. He bounded
up the stairs, overcoat on, trailing snow.

"Look at that!" he cried, tossing a cold, snow-speckled newspaper onto the
table. "The visicasters are full of it, too."

The newspaper was unfolded and five heads bent over it.

Sermak said, in a hushed voice, "Great Space, he going to Anacreon! Going
to Anacreon!"

"It is treason," squeaked Tarki, in sudden excitement. "Il be damned if
Walto isn right. He sold us out and now he going there to collect his
wage."

Sermak had risen. "Wee no choice now. I going to ask the Council
tomorrow that Hardin be impeached. And if that fails



5.

The snow had ceased, but it caked the ground deeply now and the sleek
ground car advanced through the deserted streets with lumbering effort. The
murky gray light of incipient dawn was cold not only in the poetical sense
but also in a very literal way and even in the then turbulent state of
the Foundation's politics, no one, whether Actionist or pro-Hardin found
his spirits sufficiently ardent to begin street activity that early.

Yohan Lee did not like that and his grumblings grew audible. "It's going to
look bad, Hardin. They're going to say you sneaked away."

"Let them say it if they wish. I've got to get to Anacreon and I want to do
it without trouble. Now that's enough, Lee."

Hardin leaned back into the cushioned seat and shivered slightly. It wasn't
cold inside the well-heated car, but there was something frigid about a
snow-covered world, even through glass, that annoyed him.

He said, reflectively, "Some day when we get around to it we ought to
weather-condition Terminus. It could be done."

"I," replied Lee, "would like to see a few other things done first. For
instance, what about weather-conditioning Sermak? A nice, dry cell fitted
for twenty-five centigrade all year round would be just fight."

"And then I'd really need bodyguards," said Hardin, "and not just those
two," He indicated two of Lee's bully-boys sitting up front with the
driver, hard eyes on the empty streets, ready hands at their atom blasts.
"You evidently want to stir up civil war."

"I do? There are other sticks in the fire and it won't require much
stirring, I can tell you." He counted off on blunt fingers, "One: Sermak
raised hell yesterday in the City Council and called for an impeachment."

"He had a perfect right to do so," responded Hardin, coolly. "Besides
which, his motion was defeated 206 to 184."

"Certainly. A majority of twenty-two when we had counted on sixty as a
minimum. Don't deny it; you know you did."

"It was close," admitted Hardin.

"All right. And two; after the vote, the fifty-nine members of the
Actionist Party reared upon their hind legs and stamped out of the Council
Chambers."

Hardin was silent, and Lee continued, "And three: Before leaving, Sermak
howled that you were a traitor, that you were going to Anacreon to collect
your payment, that the Chamber majority in refusing to vote impeachment had
participated in the treason, and that the name of their party was not
'Actionist' for nothing. What does that sound like?"

"Trouble, I suppose."

"And now you're chasing off at daybreak, like a criminal. You ought to face
them, Hardin and if you have to, declare martial law, by space!"

"Violence is the last refuge

"f the incompetent. Bah!"

"All right. We'll see. Now listen to me carefully, Lee. Thirty years ago,
the Time Vault opened, and on the fiftieth anniversary of the beginning of
the Foundation, there appeared a Hari Seldon recording to give us our first
idea of what was really going on."

"I remember," Lee nodded reminiscently, with a half smile. "It was the day
we took over the government."

"That's right. It was the time of our first major crisis. This is our
second-and three weeks from today will be the eightieth anniversary of the
beginning of the Foundation. Does that strike you as in any way
significant?"

"You mean he's coming again?"

"I'm not finished. Seldon never said anything about returning, you
understand, but that's of a piece with his whole plan. He's always done his
best to keep all foreknowledge from us. Nor is there any way of telling
whether the computer is set for further openings short of dismantling the
Vault and it's probably set to destroy itself if we were to try that.
I've been there every anniversary since the first appearance, just on the
chance. He's never shown up, but this is the first time since then that
there's really been a crisis."

"Then he'll come."

"Maybe. I don't know. However, this is the point. At today's session of the
Council, just after you announce that I have left for Anacreon, you will
further announce, officially, that on March 14th next, there will be
another Hari Seldon recording, containing a message of the utmost
importance regarding the recent successfully concluded crisis. That's very
important, Lee. Don't add anything more no matter how many questions are
asked."

Lee stared. "Will they believe it?"

"That doesn't matter. It will confuse them, which is all I want. Between
wondering whether it is true and what I mean by it if it isn't they'll
decide to postpone action till after March 14th. I'll be back considerably
before then."

Lee looked uncertain. "But that 'successfully concluded.' That's bull!"

"Highly confusing bull. Here's the airport!"

The waiting spaceship bulked somberly in the dimness. Hardin stamped
through the snow toward it and at the open air lock turned about with
outstretched hand.

"Good-by, Lee. I hate to leave you in the frying pan like this, but there's
not another I can trust. Now please keep out of the fire."

"Don't worry. The frying pan is hot enough. I'll follow orders." He stepped
back, and the air lock closed.



6.

Salvor Hardin did not travel to the planet Anacreon from which planet the
kingdom derived its name immediately. It was only on the day before the
coronation that he arrived, after having made flying visits to eight of the
larger stellar systems of the kingdom, stopping only long, enough to confer
with the local representatives of the Foundation.

The trip left him with an oppressive realization of the vastness of the
kingdom. It was a little splinter, an insignificant fly speck compared to
the inconceivable reaches of the Galactic Empire of which it had once
formed so distinguished a part; but to one whose habits of thought had been
built around a single planet, and a sparsely settled one at that,
Anacreon's size in area and population was staggering.

Following closely the boundaries of the old Prefect of Anacreon, it
embraced twenty-five stellar systems, six of which included more than one
inhabited world. The population of nineteen billion, though still far less
than it had been in the Empire's heyday was rising rapidly with the
increasing scientific development fostered by the Foundation.

And it was only now that Hardin found himself floored by the magnitude of
that task. Even in thirty years, only the capital world had been powered.
The outer provinces still possessed immense stretches where nuclear power
had not yet been re-introduced. Even the progress that had been made might
have been impossible had it not been for the still workable relics left
over by the ebbing tide of Empire.

When Hardin did arrive at the capital world, it was to find all normal
business at an absolute standstill. In the outer provinces there had been
and still were celebrations; but here on the planet Anacreon, not a person
but took feverish part in the hectic religious pageantry that heralded the
coming-of-age of their god-king, Lepold.

Hardin had been able to snatch only half an hour from a haggard and harried
Verisof before his ambassador was forced to rush off to supervise still
another temple festival. But the half-hour was a most profitable one, and
Hardin prepared himself for the night's fireworks well satisfied.

In all, he acted as an observer, for he had no stomach for the religious
tasks he would undoubtedly have had to undertake if his identity became
known. So, when the palace's ballroom filled itself with a glittering horde
of the kingdom's very highest and most exalted nobility, he found himself
hugging the wall, little noticed or totally ignored.

He had been introduced to Lepold as one of a long line of introducees, and
from a safe distance, for the king stood apart in lonely and impressive
grandeur, surrounded by his deadly blaze of radioactive aura. And in less
than an hour this same king would take his seat upon the massive throne of
rhodium-iridium alloy with jewel-set gold chasings, and then, throne and
all would rise maestically into the air, skim the ground slowly to hover
before the great window from which the great crowds of common folk could
see their king and shout themselves into near apoplexy. The throne would
not have been so massive, of course, if it had not had a shielded nuclear
motor built into it.

It was past eleven. Hardin fidgeted and stood on his toes to better his
view. He resisted an impulse to stand on a chair. And then he saw Wienis
threading through the crowd toward him and he relaxed.

Wienis' progress was slow. At almost every step, he had to pass a kindly
sentence with some revered noble whose grandfather had helped Lepold's
grandfather brigandize the kingdom and had received a dukedom therefor.

And then he disentangled himself from the last uniformed peer and reached
Hardin. His smile crooked itself into a smirk and his black eyes peered
from under grizzled brows with glints of satisfaction in them.

"My dear Hardin," he said, in a low voice, "you must expect to be bored,
when you refuse to announce your identity."

"I am not bored, your highness. This is all extremely interesting. We have
no comparable spectacles on Terminus, you know."

"No doubt. But would you care to step into my private chambers, where we
can speak at greater length and with considerably more privacy?"

"Certainly."

With arms linked, the two ascended the staircase, and more than one dowager
duchess stared after them in surprise and wondered at the identity of this
insignificantly dressed and uninteresting-looking stranger on whom such
signal honor was being conferred by the prince regent.

In Wienis' chambers, Hardin relaxed in perfect comfort and accepted with a
murmur of gratitude the glass of liquor that had been poured out by the
regent's own hand.

"Locris wine, Hardin," said Wienis, "from the royal cellars. The real thing
two centuries in age. It was laid down ten years before the Zeonian
Rebellion."

"A really royal drink," agreed Hardin, politely. "To Lepold I, King of
Anacreon."

They drank, and Wienis added blandly, at the pause, "And soon to be Emperor
of the Periphery, and further, who knows? The Galaxy may some day be
reunited."

"Undoubtedly. By Anacreon?"

"Why not? With the help of the Foundation, our scientific superiority over
the rest of the Periphery would be undisputable."

Hardin set his empty glass down and said, "Well, yes, except that, of
course, the Foundation is bound to help any nation that requests scientific
aid of it. Due to the high idealism of our government and the great moral
purpose of our founder, Hari Seldon, we are unable to play favorites. That
can't be helped, your highness."

Wienis' smile broadened. "The Galactic Spirit, to use the popular cant,
helps those who help themselves. I quite understand that, left to itself,
the Foundation would never cooperate."

"I wouldn't say that. We repaired the Imperial cruiser for you, though my
board of navigation wished it for themselves for research purposes."

The regent repeated the last words ironically. "Research purposes! Yes! Yet
you would not have repaired it, had I not threatened war."

Hardin made a deprecatory gesture. "I don't know."

"I do. And that threat always stood."

"And still stands now?"

"Now it is rather too late to speak of threats." Wienis had cast a rapid
glance at the clock on his desk. "Look here, Hardin, you were on Anacreon
once before. You were young then; we were both young. But even then we had
entirely different ways of looking at things. You're what they call a man
of peace, aren't you?"

"I suppose I am. At least, I consider violence an uneconomical way of
attaining an end. There are always better substitutes, though they may
sometimes be a little less direct."

"Yes. I've heard of your famous remark: 'Violence is the last refuge of the
incompetent.' And yet" the regent scratched one ear gently in affected
abstraction I wouldn't call myself exactly incompetent."

Hardin nodded politely and said nothing.

"And in spite of that," Wienis continued, "I have always believed in direct
action. I have believed in carving a straight path to my objective and
following that path. I have accomplished much that way, and fully expect to
accomplish still more."

"I know," interrupted Hardin. "I believe you are carving a path such as you
describe for yourself and your children that leads directly to the throne,
considering the late unfortunate death of the king's father your elder
brother and the king's own precarious state of health. He is in a
precarious state of health, is he not?"

Wienis frowned at the shot, and his voice grew harder. "You might find it
advisable, Hardin, to avoid certain subjects. You may consider yourself
privileged as mayor of Terminus to make ... uh ... injudicious remarks, but
if you do, please disabuse yourself of the notion. I am not one to be
frightened at words. It has been my philosophy of life that difficulties
vanish when faced boldly, and I have never turned my back upon one yet."

"I don't doubt that. What particular difficulty are you refusing to turn
your back upon at the present moment?"

"The difficulty, Hardin, of persuading the Foundation to co-operate. Your
policy of peace, you see, has led you into making several very serious
mistakes, simply because you underestimated the boldness of your adversary.
Not everyone is as afraid of direct action as you are."

"For instance?" suggested Hardin.

"For instance, you came to Anacreon alone and accompanied me to my chambers
alone."

Hardin looked about him. "And what is wrong with that?"

"Nothing," said the regent, "except that outside this room are five police
guards, well armed and ready to shoot. I don't think you can leave,
Hardin."

The mayor's eyebrows lifted, "I have no immediate desire to leave. Do you
then fear me so much?"

"I don't fear you at all. But this may serve to impress you with my
determination. Shall we call it a gesture?"

"Call it what you please," said Hardin, indifferently. "I shall not
discommode myself over the incident, whatever you choose to call it."

"I'm sure that attitude will change with time. But you have made another
error, Hardin, a more serious one. It seems that the planet Terminus is
almost wholly undefended."

"Naturally. What have we to fear? We threaten no one's interest and serve
all alike."

"And while remaining helpless," Wienis went on, "you kindly helped us to
arm ourselves, aiding us particularly in the development of a navy of our
own, a great navy. In fact, a navy which, since your donation of the
Imperial cruiser, is quite irresistible."

"Your highness, you are wasting time." Hardin made as if to rise from his
seat. "If you mean to declare war, and are informing me of the fact, you
will allow me to communicate with my government at once."

"Sit down, Hardin. I am not declaring war, and you are not communicating
with your government at all. When the war is fought not declared, Hardin,
fought the Foundation will be informed of it in due time by the nuclear
blasts of the Anacreonian navy under the lead of my own son upon the
flagship, Wienis, once a cruiser of the Imperial navy."

Hardin frowned. "When will all this happen?"

"If you're really interested, the ships of the fleet left Anacreon exactly
fifty minutes ago, at eleven, and the first shot will be fired as soon as
they sight Terminus, which should be at noon tomorrow. You may consider
yourself a prisoner of war."

"That's exactly what I do consider myself, your highness," said Hardin,
still frowning. "But I'm disappointed."

Wienis chuckled contemptuously. "Is that all?"

"Yes. I had thought that the moment of coronation midnight, you know would be the logical time to set the fleet in motion. Evidently, you wanted
to start the war while you were still regent. It would have been more
dramatic the other way."

The regent stared. "What in Space are you talking about?"

"Don't you understand?" said Hardin, softly. "I had set my counterstroke
for midnight."

Wienis started from his chair. "You are not bluffing me. There is no
counterstroke. If you are counting on the support of the other kingdoms,
forget it. Their navies, combined, are no match for ours."

"I know that. I don't intend firing a shot. It is simply that the word went
out a week ago that at midnight tonight, the planet Anacreon goes under the
interdict."

"The interdict?"

"Yes. If you don't understand, I might explain that every priest in
Anacreon is going on strike, unless I countermand the order. But I can't
while I'm being held incommunicado; nor do I wish to even if I weren't!" He
leaned forward and added, with sudden animation, "Do you realize, your
highness, that an attack on the Foundation is nothing short of sacrilege of
the highest order?"

Wienis was groping visibly for self-control. "Give me none of that, Hardin.
Save it for the mob."

"My dear Wienis, whoever do you think I am saving it for? I imagine that
for the last half hour every temple on Anacreon has been the center of a
mob listening to a priest exhorting them upon that very subject. There's
not a man or woman on Anacreon that doesn't know that their government has
launched a vicious, unprovoked attack upon the center of their religion.
But it lacks only four minutes of midnight now. You'd better go down to the
ballroom to watch events. I'll be safe here with five guards outside the
door." He leaned back in his chair, helped himself to another glass of
Locris wine, and gazed at the ceiling with perfect indifference.

Wienis suddenly furious, rushed out of the room.

A hush had fallen over the elite in the ballroom, as a broad path was
cleared for the throne. Lepold sat on it now, hands solidly on its arms,
head high, face frozen. The huge chandeliers had dimmed and in the diffused
multi-colored light from the tiny nucleo-bulbs that bespangled the vaulted
ceiling, the royal aura shone out bravely, lifting high above his head to
form a blazing coronet.

Wienis paused on the stairway. No one saw him; all eyes were on the throne.
He clenched his fists and remained where he was; Hardin would not bluff him
into action.

And then the throne stiffed. Noiselessly, it lifted upward and drifted.
Off the dais, slowly down the steps, and then horizontally, five
centimetres off the floor, it worked itself toward the huge, open window.

At the sound of the deep-toned bell that signified midnight, it stopped
before the window and the king's aura died.

For a frozen split second, the king did not move, face twisted in surprise,
without an aura, merely human; and then the throne wobbled and dropped to
the floor with a crashing thump, just as every light in the palace went
out.

Through the shrieking din and confusion, Wienis' bull voice sounded. "Get
the flares! Get the flares!"

He buffeted right and left through the crowd and forced his way to the
door. From without, palace guards had streamed into the darkness.

Somehow the flares were brought back to the ballroom; flares that were to
have been used in the gigantic torchlight procession through the streets of
the city after the coronation.

Back to the ballroom guardsmen swarmed with torches blue, green, and red;
where the strange light lit up frightened, confused faces.

"There is no harm done," shouted Wienis. "Keep your places. Power will
return in a moment."

He turned to the captain of the guard who stood stiffly at attention. "What
is it, Captain?"

"Your highness," was the instant response, "the palace is surrounded by the
people of the city."

"What do they want?" snarled Wienis.

"A priest is at the head. He has been identified as High Priest Poly
Verisof. He demands the immediate release of Mayor Salvor Hardin and
cessation of the war against the Foundation." The report was made in the
expressionless tones of an officer, but his eyes shifted uneasily.

Wienis cried, "if any of the rabble attempt to pass the palace gates, blast
them out of existence. For the moment, nothing more. Let them howl! There
will be an accounting tomorrow."

The torches had been distributed now, and the ballroom was again alight.
Wienis rushed to the throne, still standing by the window, and dragged the
stricken, wax-faced Lepold to his feet.

"Come with me." He cast one look out of the window. The city was
pitch-black. From below there were the hoarse confused cries of the mob.
Only toward the fight, where the Argolid Temple stood was there
illumination. He swore angrily, and dragged the king away.

Wienis burst into his chambers, the five guardsmen at his heels. Lepold
followed, wide-eyed, scared speechless.

"Hardin," said Wienis, huskily, "you are playing with forces too great for
you."

The mayor ignored the speaker. In the pearly light of the pocket
nucleo-bulb at his side, he remained quietly seated, a slightly ironic
smile on his face.

"Good morning, your majesty," he said to Lepold. "I congratulate you on
your coronation."

"Hardin," cried Wienis again, "order your priests back to their jobs."

Hardin looked up coolly. "Order them yourself, Wienis, and see who is
playing with forces too great for whom. Right now, there's not a wheel
turning in Anacreon. There's not a light burning, except in the temples.
There's not a drop of water running, except in the temples. On the wintry
half of the planet, there's not a calorie of heat, except in the temples.
The hospitals are taking in no more patients. The power plants have shut
down. All ships are grounded. If you don't like it, Wienis, you can order
the priests back to their jobs. I don't wish to."

"By Space, Hardin, I will. If it's to be a showdown, so be it. We'll see if
your priests can withstand the army. Tonight, every temple on the planet
will be put under army supervision."

"Very good, but how are you going to give the orders? Every line of
communication on the planet is shut down. You'll find that neither wave nor
hyperwave will work. In fact, the only communicator of the planet that will
work outside of the temples, of course is the televisor right here in
this room, and I've fitted it only for reception."

Wienis struggled vainly for breath, and Hardin continued, "If you wish you
can order your army into the Argolid Temple just outside the palace and
then use the ultrawave sets there to contact other portions of the planet.
But if you do that, I'm afraid the army contigent will be cut to pieces by
the mob, and then what will protect your palace, Wienis? And your lives,
Wienis?"

Wienis said thickly, "We can hold out, devil. We'll last the day. Let the
mob howl and let the power die, but we'll hold out. And when the news comes
back that the Foundation has been taken, your precious mob will find upon
what vacuum their religion has been built, and they'll desert your priests
and turn against them. I give you until noon tomorrow, Hardin, because you
can stop the power on Anacreon but you can't stop my fleet." His voice
croaked exultantly. "They're on their way, Hardin, with the great cruiser
you yourself ordered repaired, at the head."

Hardin replied lightly. "Yes, the cruiser I myself ordered repaired but
in my own way. Tell me, Wienis, have you ever heard of a hyperwave relay?
No, I see you haven't. Well, in about two minutes you'll find out what one
can do."

The televisor flashed to life as he spoke, and he amended, "No, in two
seconds. Sit down, Wienis. and listen."



7.

Theo Aporat was one of the very highest ranking priests of Anacreon. From
the standpoint of precedence alone, he deserved his appointment as head
priest- attendant upon the flagship Wienis.

But it was not only rank or precedence. He knew the ship. He had worked
directly under the holy men from the Foundation itself in repairing the
ship. He had gone over the motors under their orders. He had rewired the
'visors; revamped the communications system; replated the punctured hull;
reinforced the beams. He had even been permitted to help while the wise men
of the Foundation had installed a device so holy it had never been placed
in any previous ship, but had been reserved only for this magnificent
colossus of a vessel a hyperwave relay.

It was no wonder that he felt heartsick over the purposes to which the
glorious ship was perverted. He had never wanted to believe what Verisof
had told him that the ship was to be used for appalling wickedness; that
its guns were to be turned on the great Foundation. Turned on that
Foundation, where he had been trained as a youth, from which all
blessedness was derived.

Yet he could not doubt now, after what the admiral had told him.

How could the king, divinely blessed, allow this abominable act? Or was it
the king? Was it not, perhaps, an action of the accursed regent, Wienis,
without the knowledge of the king at all. And it was the son of this same
Wienis that was the admiral who five minutes before had told him:

"Attend to your souls and your blessings, priest. I will attend to my
ship."

Aporat smiled crookedly. He would attend to his souls and his blessings and also to his cursings; and Prince Lefkin would whine soon enough.

He had entered the general communications room now. His. acolyte preceded
him and the two officers in charge made no move to interfere. The head
priest-attendant had the right of free entry anywhere on the ship.

"Close the door," Aporat ordered, and looked at the chronometer. It lacked
Five minutes of twelve. He had timed it well.

With quick practiced motions, he moved the little levers that opened all
communications, so that every part of the two-mile-long ship was within
reach of his voice and his image.

"Soldiers of the royal flagship Wienis, attend! It is your priest-attendant
that speaks!" The sound of his voice reverberated, he knew, from the stem
atom blast in the extreme rear to the navigation tables in the prow.

"Your ship," he cried, "is engaged in sacrilege. Without your knowledge, it
is performing such an act as will doom the soul of every man among you to
the eternal frigidity of space! Listen! It is the intention of your
commander to take this ship to the Foundation and there to bombard that
source of all blessings into submission to his sinful will. And since that
is his intention, I, in the name of the Galactic Spirit, remove him from
his command, for there is no command where the blessing of the Galactic
Spirit has been withdrawn. The divine king himself may not maintain his
kingship without the consent of the Spirit."

His voice took on a deeper tone, while the acolyte listened with veneration
and the two soldiers with mounting fear. "And because this ship is upon
such a devil's errand, the blessing of the Spirit is removed from it as
well."

He lifted his arms solemnly, and before a thousand televisors throughout
the ship, soldiers cowered, as the stately image of their priest-attendant
spoke:

"In the name of the Galactic Spirit and of his prophet, Hari Seldon, and of
his interpreters, the holy men of the Foundation, I curse this ship. Let
the televisors of this ship, which are its eyes, become blind. Let its
grapples, which are its arms, be paralyzed. Let the nuclear blasts, which
are its fists, lose their function. Let the motors, which are its heart,
cease to beat. Let the communications, which are its voice, become dumb.
Let its ventilations, which are its breath, fade. Let its lights, which are
its soul, shrivel into nothing. In the name of the Galactic Spirit, I so
curse this ship."

And with his last word, at the stroke of midnight, a hand, light-years
distant in the Argolid Temple, opened an ultrawave relay, which at the
instantaneous speed of the ultrawave, opened another on the flagship
Wienis.

And the ship died!

For it is the chief characteristic of the religion of science that it
works, and that such curses as that of Aporat's are really deadly.

Aporat saw the darkness close down on the ship and heard the sudden ceasing
of the soft, distant purring of the hyperatomic motors. He exulted and from
the pocket of his long robe withdrew a self-powered nucleo-bulb that filled
the room with pearly light.

He looked down at the two soldiers who, brave men though they undoubtedly
were, writhed on their knees in the last extremity of mortal terror. "Save
our souls, your reverence. We are poor men, ignorant of the crimes of our
leaders," one whimpered.

"Follow," said Aporat, sternly. "Your soul is not yet lost."

The ship was a turmoil of darkness in which fear was so thick and palpable,
it was all but a miasmic smell. Soldiers crowded close wherever Aporat and
his circle of light passed, striving to touch the hem of his robe, pleading
for the tiniest scrap of mercy.

And always his answer was, "Follow me!"

He found Prince Lefkin, groping his way through the officers' quarters,
cursing loudly for lights. The admiral stared at the priest-attendant with
hating eyes.

"There you are!" Lefkin inherited his blue eyes from his mother, but there
was that about the hook in his nose and the squint in his eye that marked
him as the son of Wienis. "What is the meaning of your treasonable actions?
Return the power to the ship. I am commander here."

"No longer," said Aporat, somberly.

Lefkin looked about wildly. "Seize that man. Arrest him, or by Space, I
will send every man within reach of my voice out the air lock in the nude."
He paused, and then shrieked, "It is your admiral that orders. Arrest him."

Then, as he lost his head entirely, "Are you allowing yourselves to be
fooled by this mountebank, this harlequin? Do you cringe before a religion
compounded of clouds and moonbeams? This man is an imposter and the
Galactic Spirit he speaks of a fraud of the imagination devised to

Aporat interrupted furiously. "Seize the blasphemer. You listen to him at
the peril of your souls."

And promptly, the noble admiral went down under the clutching hands of a
score of soldiers.

"Take him with you and follow me."

Aporat turned, and with Lefkin dragged along after him, and the corridors
behind black with soldiery, he returned to the communications room. There,
he ordered the ex-commander before the one televisor that worked.

"Order the rest of the fleet to cease course and to prepare for the return
to Anacreon."

The disheveled Lefkin, bleeding, beaten, and half stunned, did so.

"And now," continued Aporat, grimly, "we are in contact with Anacreon on
the hyperwave beam. Speak as I order you."

Lefkin made a gesture of negation, and the mob in the room and the others
crowding the corridor beyond, growled fearfully.

"Speak!" said Aporat. "Begin: The Anacreonian navy

Lefkin began.



8.

There was absolute silence in Wienis' chambers when the image of Prince
Lefkin appeared at the televisor. There had been one startled gasp from the
regent at the haggard face and shredded uniform of his son, and then he
collapsed into a chair, face contorted with surprise and apprehension.

Hardin listened stolidly, hands clasped lightly in his lap, while the
just-crowned King Lepold sat shriveled in the most shadowy comer, biting
spasmodically at his goldbraided sleeve. Even the soldiers had lost the
emotionless stare that is the prerogative of the military, and, from where
they lined up against the door, nuclear blasts ready, peered furtively at
the figure upon the televisor.

Lefkin spoke, reluctantly, with a tired voice that paused at intervals as
though he were being prompted-and not gently:

"The Anacreonian navy ... aware of the nature of its mission ... and
refusing to be a party ... to abominable sacrilage ... is returning to
Anacreon ... with the following ultimatum issued ... to those blaspheming
sinners ... who would dare to use profane force ... against the Foundation
... source of all blessings ... and against the Galactic Spirit. Cease at
once all war against ... the true faith . . . and guarantee in a manner
suiting us of the navy ... as represented by our ... priest-attendant, Theo
Aporat ... that such war will never in the future ... be resumed, and
that" here a long pause, and then continuing and that the one-time
prince regent, Wienis ... be imprisoned ... and tried before an
ecclesiastical court ... for his crimes. Otherwise the royal navy ... upon
returning to Anacreon ... will blast the palace to the ground ... and take
whatever other measures ... are

necessary ... to destroy the nest of sinners ... and the den of destroyers
... of men's souls that now prevail."

The voice ended with half a sob and the screen went blank.

Hardin's fingers passed rapidly over the nucleo-bulb and its light faded
until in the dimness, the hitherto regent, the king, and the soldiers were
hazy-edged shadows; and for the first time it could be seen that an aura
encompassed Hardin.

It was not the blazing light that was the prerogative of kings, but one
less spectacular, less impressive, and yet one more effective in its own
way, and more useful.

Hardin's voice was softly ironic as he addressed the same Wienis who had
one hour earlier declared him a prisoner of war and Terminus on the point
of destruction, and who now was a huddled shadow, broken and silent.

"There is an old fable," said Hardin, "as old perhaps as humanity, for the
oldest records containing it are merely copies of other records still
older, that might interest you. It runs as follows:

"A horse having a wolf as a powerful and dangerous enemy lived in constant
fear of his life. Being driven to desperation, it occured to him to seek a
strong ally. Whereupon he approached a man, and offered an alliance,
pointing out that the wolf was likewise an enemy of the man. The man
accepted the partnership at once and offered to kill the wolf immediately,
if his new partner would only co-operate by placing his greater speed at
the man's disposal. The horse was willing, and allowed the man to place
bridle and saddle upon him. The man mounted, hunted down the wolf, and
killed him.

"The horse, joyful and relieved, thanked the man, and said: 'Now that our
enemy is dead, remove your bridle and saddle and restore my freedom.'

"Whereupon the man laughed loudly and replied, 'Never!' and applied the
spurs with a will."

Silence still. The shadow that was Wienis did not stir.

Hardin continued quietly, "You see the analogy, I hope. In their anxiety to
cement forever domination over their own people, the kings of the Four
Kingdoms accepted the religion of science that made them divine; and that
same religion of science was their bridle and saddle, for it placed the
life blood of nuclear power in the hands of the priesthoodwho took their
orders from us, be it noted, and not from you. You killed the wolf, but
could not get rid of the m

Wienis sprang to his feet and in the shadows, his eyes were maddened
hollows. His voice was thick, incoherent. "And yet I'll get you. You won't
escape. You'll rot. Let them blow us up. Let them blow everything up.
You'll rot! I'll get you!

"Soldiers!" he thundered, hysterically. "Shoot me down that devil. Blast
him! Blast him!"

Hardin turned about in his chair to face the soldiers and smiled. One aimed
his nuclear blast and then lowered it. The others never budged. Salvor
Hardin, mayor of Terminus, surrounded by that soft aura, smiling so
confidently, and before whom all the power of Anacreon had crumbled to
powder was too much for them, despite the orders of the shrieking maniac
just beyond.

Wienis shouted incoherently and staggered to the nearest soldier. Wildly,
he wrested the nuclear blast from the man's hand-aimed it at Hardin, who
didn't stir, shoved the lever and held it contacted.

The pale continous beam impinged upon the force-field that surrounded the
mayor of Terminus and was sucked harmlessly to neutralization. Wienis
pressed harder and laughed tearingly.

Hardin still smiled and his force-field aura scarcely brightened as it
absorbed the energies of the nuclear blast. From his comer Lepold covered
his eyes and moaned.

And, with a yell of despair, Wienis changed his aim and shot again and
toppled to the floor with his head blown into nothingness.

Hardin winced at the sight and muttered, "A man of 'direct action' to the
end. The last refuge!"



9.

The Time Vault was filled; filled far beyond the available seating
capacity, and men lined the back of the room, three deep.

Salvor Hardin compared this large company with the few men attending the
first appearance of Hari Seldon, thirty years earlier. There had only been
six, then; the five old Encyclopedists all dead now and himself, the
young figurehead of a mayor. It had been on that day, that he, with Yohan
Lee's assistance had removed the "figurehead" stigma from his office.

It was quite different now; different in every respect. Every man of the
City Council was awaiting Seldon's appearance. He, himself, was still
mayor, but all-powerful now; and since the utter rout of Anacreon,
all-popular. When he had returned from Anacreon with the news of the death
of Wienis, and the new treaty signed with the trembling Lepold, he was
greeted with a vote of confidence of shrieking unanimity. When this was
followed in rapid order, by similar treaties signed with each of the other
three kingdoms treaties that gave the Foundation powers such as would
forever prevent any attempts at attack similar to that of Anacreon's torchlight processions had been held in every city street of Terminus. Not
even Hari Seldon's name had been more loudly cheered.

Hardin's lips twitched. Such popularity had been his after the first crisis
also.

Across the room, Sef Sermak and Lewis Bort were engaged in animated
discussion, and recent events seemed to have put them out not at all. They
had joined in the vote of confidence; made speeches in which they publicly
admitted that they had been in the wrong, apologized handsomely for the use
of certain phrases in earlier debates, excused themselves delicately by
declaring they had merely followed the dictates of their judgement and
their conscience and immediately launched a new Actionist campaign.

Yohan Lee touched Hardin's sleeve and pointed significantly to his watch.

Hardin looked up. "Hello there, Lee. Are you still sour? What's wrong now?"

"He's due in five minutes, isn't he?"

"I presume so. He appeared at noon last time."

"What if he doesn't?"

"Are you going to wear me down with your worries all your life? If he
doesn't, he won't."

Lee frowned and shook his head slowly. "If this thing flops, we're in
another mess. Without Seldon's backing for what we've done, Sermak will be
free to start all over. He wants outright annexation of the Four Kingdoms,
and immediate expansion of the Foundation by force, if necessary. He's
begun his campaign, already."

"I know. A fire eater must eat fire even if he has to kindle it himself.
And you, Lee, have got to worry even if you must kill yourself to invent
something to worry about."

Lee would have answered, but he lost his breath at just that moment as
the lights yellowed and went dim. He raised his arm to point to the glass
cubicle that dominated half the room and then collapsed into a chair with a
windy sigh.

Hardin himself straightened at the sight of the figure that now filled the
cubicle a figure in a wheel chair! He alone, of all those present could
remember the day, decades ago, when that figure had appeared first. He had
been young then, and the figure old. Since then, the figure had not aged a
day, but he himself had in turn grown old.

The figure stared straight ahead, hands fingering a book in its lap.

It said, "I am Hari Seldon!" The voice was old and soft.

There was a breathless silence in the room and Hari Seldon continued
conversationally, "This is the second time I've been here. Of course, I
don't know if any of you were here the first time. In fact, I have no way
of telling, by sense perception, that there is anyone here at all, but that
doesn't matter. If the second crisis has been overcome safely, you are
bound to be here; there is no way out. If you are not here, then the second
crisis has been too much for you."

He smiled engagingly. "I doubt that, however, for my figures show a
ninety-eight point four percent probability there is to be no significant
deviation from the Plan in the first eighty years.

"According to our calculations, you have now reached domination of the
barbarian kingdoms immediately surrounding the Foundation. Just as in the
first crisis you held them off by use of the Balance of Power, so in the
second, you gained mastery by use of the Spiritual Power as against the
Temporal.

"However, I might warn you here against overconfidence. It is not my way to
grant you any foreknowledge in these recordings, but it would be safe to
indicate that what you have now achieved is merely a new balance-though one
in which your position is considerably better. The Spiritual Power, while
sufficient to ward off attacks of the Temporal is not sufficient to attack
in turn. Because of the invariable growth of the counteracting force known
as Regionalism, or Nationalism, the Spiritual Power cannot prevail. I am
telling you nothing new, I'm sure.

"You must pardon me, by the way, for speaking to you in this vague way. The
terms I use are at best mere approximations, but none of you is qualified
to understand the true symbology of psychohistory, and so I must do the
best I can.

"In this case, the Foundation is only at the start of the path that leads
to the Second Galactic Empire. The neighboring kingdoms, in manpower and
resources are still overwhelmingly powerful as compared to yourselves.
Outside them lies the vast tangled jungle of barbarism that extends around
the entire breadth of the Galaxy. Within that rim there is still what is
left of the Galactic Empire and that, weakened and decaying though it is,
is still incomparably mighty."

At this point, Hari Seldon lifted his book and opened it. His face grew
solemn. "And never forget there was another Foundation established eighty
years ago; a Foundation at the other end of the Galaxy, at Star's End. They
will always be there for consideration. Gentlemen, nine hundred and twenty
years of the Plan stretch ahead of you. The problem is yours!"

He dropped his eyes to his book and flicked out of existence, while the
lights brightened to fullness. In the babble that followed, Lee leaned over
to Hardin's ear. "He didn't say when he'd be back."

Hardin replied, "I know but I trust he won't return until you and I are
safely and cozily dead!"

------------------------------------------------------------------------

PART IV

THE TRADERS

1.

TRADERS.. and constantly in advance of the political hegemony of the
Foundation were the Traders, reaching out tenuous fingerholds through the
tremendous distances of the Periphery. Months or years might pass between
landings on Terminus; their ships were often nothing more than patchquilts
of home-made repairs and improvisations; their honesty was none of the
highest; their daring...

Through it all they forged an empire more enduring than the
pseudo-religious despotism of the Four Kingdoms...

Tales without end are told of these massive, lonely figures who bore
half-seriously, half-mockingly a motto adopted from one of Salvor Hardin's
epigrams, "Never let your sense of morals prevent you from doing what is
right!" It is difficult now to tell which tales are real and which
apocryphal. There are none probably that have not suffered some
exaggeration....

ENCYCLOPEDIA GALACTICA

Limmar Ponyets was completely a-lather when the call reached his receiver which proves that the old bromide about telemessages and the shower holds
true even in the dark, hard space of the Galactic Periphery.

Luckily that part of a free-lance trade ship which is not given over to
miscellaneous merchandise is extremely snug. So much so, that the shower,
hot water included, is located in a two-by-four cubby, ten feet from the
control panels. Ponyets heard the staccato rattle of the receiver quite
plainly.

Dripping suds and a growl, he stepped out to adjust the vocal, and three
hours later a second trade ship was alongside, and a grinning youngster
entered through the air tube between the ships.

Ponyets rattled his best chair forward and perched himself on the
pilot-swivel.

"What've you been doing, Gorm?" he asked, darkly. "Chasing me all the way
from the Foundation?"

Les Gorm broke out a cigarette, and shook his head definitely, "Me? Not a
chance. I'm just a sucker who happened to land on Glyptal IV the day after
the mail. So they sent me out after you with this."

The tiny, gleaming sphere changed hands, and Gorm added, "It's
confidential. Super-secret. Can't be trusted to the sub-ether and all that.
Or so I gather. At least, it's a Personal Capsule, and won't open for
anyone but you."

Ponyets regarded the capsule distastefully, "I can see that. And I never
knew one of these to hold good news, either."

It opened in his hand and the thin, transparent tape unrolled stiffly. His
eyes swept the message quickly, for when the last of the tape had emerged,
the first was already brown and crinkled. In a minute and a half it had
turned black and, molecule by molecule, fallen apart.

Ponyets grunted hollowly, "Oh, Galaxy!"

Les Gorm said quietly, "Can I help somehow? Or is it too secret?"

"It will bear telling, since you're of the Guild. I've got to go to
Askone."

"That place? How come?"

"They've imprisoned a trader. But keep it to yourself.''

Gorm's expression jolted into anger, "Imprisoned! That's against the
Convention."

"So is the interference with local politics."

"Oh! Is that what he did?" Gorm meditated. "Who's the trader'? Anyone I
know?"

"No!" said Ponyets sharply, and Gorm accepted the implication and asked no
further questions.

Ponyets was up and staring darkly out the visiplate. He mumbled strong
expressions at that part of the misty lens-form that was the body of the
Galaxy, then said loudly, "Damnedest mess! I'm way behind quota."

Light broke on Gorm's intellect, "Hey, friend, Askone is a closed area."

"That's right. You can't sell as much as a penknife on Askone. They won't
buy nuclear gadgets of any sort. With my quota dead on its feet, it's
murder to go there."

"Can't get out of it?"

Ponyets shook his head absently, A know the fellow involved. Can't walk out
on a friend. What of it? I am in the hands of the Galactic Spirit and walk
cheerfully in the way he points out."

Gorm said blankly, "Huh?"

Ponyets looked at him, and laughed shortly, "I forgot. You never read the
'Bood of the Spirit,' did you?"

"Never heard of it," said Gorm, curtly.

"Well, you would if you'd had a religious training."

"Religious training? For the priesthood?" Gorm was profoundly shocked.

"Afraid so. It's my dark shame and secret. I was too much for the Reverend
Fathers, though, They expelled me, for reasons sufficient to promote me to
a secular education under the Foundation. Well, look, I'd better push off.
How's your quota this year?"

Gorm crushed out his cigarette and adjusted his cap, "I've got my last
cargo going now. I'll make it."

"Lucky fellow," gloomed Ponyets, and for many minutes after Les Gorm left,
he sat in motionless reverie.

So Eskel Gorov was on Askone and in prison as well!

That was bad! In fact, considerably worse than it might appear. It was one
thing to tell a curious youngster a diluted version of the business to
throw him off and send him about his own. It was a thing of a different
sort to face the truth.

For Limmar Ponyets was one of the few people who happened to know that
Master Trader Eskel Gorov was not a trader at all; but that entirely
different thing, an agent of the Foundation!



2.

Two weeks gone! Two weeks wasted.

One week to reach Askone, at the extreme borders of which the vigilant
warships speared out to meet him in converging numbers. Whatever their
detection system was, it worked and well.

They sidled him in slowly, without a signal, maintaining their cold
distance, and pointing him harshly towards the central sun of Askone.

Ponyets could have handled them at a pinch. Those ships were holdovers from
the dead-and-gone Galactic Empire but they were sports cruisers, not
warships; and without nuclear weapons, they were so many picturesque and
impotent ellipsoids. But Eskel Gorov was a prisoner in their hands, and
Gorov was not a hostage to lose. The Askonians must know that.

And then another week a week to wind a weary way through the clouds of
minor officials that formed the buffer between the Grand Master and the
outer world. Each little sub-secretary required soothing and conciliation.
Each required careful and nauseating milking for the flourishing signature
that was the pathway to the next official one higher up.

For the first time, Ponyets found his trader's identification papers
useless.

I Now, at last, the Grand Master was on the other side of the Guard-flanked
gilded door and two weeks had gone.

Gorov was still a prisoner and Ponyets' cargo rotted useless in the holds
of his ship.

The Grand Master was a small man; a small man with a balding head and very
wrinkled face, whose body seemed weighed down to motionlessness by the
huge, glossy fur collar about his neck.

His fingers moved on either side, and the line of armed men backed away to
for a passage, along which Ponyets strode to the foot of the Chair of
State.

"Don't speak," snapped the Grand Master, and Ponyets' opening lips closed
tightly.

"That's right," the Askonian ruler relaxed visibly, "I can't endure useless
chatter. You cannot threaten and I won't abide flattery. Nor is there room
for injured complaints. I have lost count of the times you wanderers have
been warned that your devil's machines are not wanted anywhere in Askone."

"Sir," said Ponyets, quietly, "there is no attempt to justify the trader in
question. It is not the policy of traders to intrude where they are not
wanted. But the Galaxy is great, and it has happened before that a boundary
has been trespassed unwittingly. It was a deplorable mistake."

"Deplorable, certainly," squeaked the Grand Master. "But mistake? Your
people on Glyptal IV have been bombarding me with pleas for negotiation
since two hours after the sacrilegious wretch was seized. I have been
warned by them of your own coming many times over. It seems a
well-organized rescue campaign. Much seems to have been anticipated a
little too much for mistakes, deplorable or otherwise."

The Askonian's black eyes were scornful. He raced on, "And are you traders,
flitting from world to world like mad little butterflies, so mad in your
own right that you can land on Askone's largest world, in the center of its
system, and consider it an unwitting boundary mixup? Come, surely not."

Ponyets winced without showing it. He said, doggedly, "If the attempt to
trade was deliberate, your Veneration, it was most injudicious and contrary
to the strictest regulations of our Guild."

"Injudicious, yes," said the Askonian, curtly. "So much so, that your
comrade is likely to lose life in payment."

Ponyets' stomach knotted. There was no irresolution there. He said, "Death,
your Veneration, is so absolute and irrevocable a phenomenon that certainly
there must be some alternative."

There was a pause before the guarded answer came, "I have heard that the
Foundation is rich."

"Rich? Certainly. But our riches are that which you refuse to take. Our
nuclear goods are worth

"Your goods are worthless in that they lack the ancestral blessing. Your
goods are wicked and accursed in that they lie under the ancestral
interdict." The sentences were intoned; the recitation of a formula.

The Grand Master's eyelids dropped, and he said with meaning, "You have
nothing else of value?"

The meaning was lost on the trader, "I don't understand. What is it you
want?"

The Askonian's hands spread apart, "You ask me to trade places with you,
and make known to you my wants. I think not. Your colleague, it seems, must
suffer the punishment set for sacrilege by the Askonian code. Death by gas.
We are a just people. The poorest peasant, in like case, would suffer no
more. I, myself, would suffer no less."

Ponyets mumbled hopelessly, "Your Veneration, would it be permitted that I
speak to the prisoner?"

"Askonian law," said the Grand Master coldly, "allows no communication with
a condemned man."

Mentally, Ponyets held his breath, "Your Veneration, I ask you to be
merciful towards a man's soul, in the hour when his body stands forfeit. He
has been separated from spiritual consolation in all the time that his life
has been in danger. Even now, he faces the prospect of going unprepared to
the bosom of the Spirit that rules all."

The Grand Master said slowly and suspiciously, "You are a Tender of the
Soul?"

Ponyets dropped a humble head, "I have been so trained. In the empty
expanses of space, the wandering traders need men like myself to care for
the spiritual side of a life so given over to commerce and worldly
pursuits."

The Askonian ruler sucked thoughtfully at his lower lip. "Every man should
prepare his soul for his journey to his ancestral spirits. Yet I had never
thought you traders to be believers."



3.

Eskel Gorov stirred on his couch and opened one eye as Limmar Ponyets
entered the heavily reinforced door. It boomed shut behind him. Gorov
sputtered and came to his feet.

"Ponyets! They sent you?"

"Pure chance," said Ponyets, bitterly, "or the work of my own personal
malevolent demon. Item one, you get into a mess on Askone. Item two, my
sales route, as known to the Board of Trade, carries me within fifty
parsecs of the system at just the time of item one. Item three, we've
worked together before and the Board knows it. Isn't that a sweet,
inevitable set-up? The answer just pops out of a slot."

"Be careful," said Gorov, tautly. "There'll be someone listening. Are you
wearing a Field Distorter?"

Ponyets indicated the ornamented bracelet that hugged his wrist and Gorov
relaxed.

Ponyets looked about him. The cell was bare, but large. It was well-lit and
it lacked offensive odors. He said, "Not bad. They're treating you with kid
gloves."

Gorov brushed the remark aside, "Listen, how did you get down here? I've
been in strict solitary for almost two weeks."

"Ever since I came, huh? Well, it seems the old bird who's boss here has
his weak points. He leans toward pious speeches, so I took a chance that
worked. I'm here in the capacity of your spiritual adviser. There's
something about a pious man such as he. He will cheerfully cut your throat
if it suits him, but he will hesitate to endanger the welfare of your
immaterial and problematical soul. It's just a piece of empirical
psychology. A trader has to know a little of everything."

Gorov's smile was sardonic, "And you've been to theological school as well.
You're all right, Ponyets. I'm glad they sent you. But the Grand Master
doesn't love my soul exclusively. Has he mentioned a ransom?"

The trader's eyes narrowed, "He hinted barely. And he also threatened
death by gas. I played safe, and dodged; it might easily have been a trap.
So it's extortion, is it? What is it he wants?"

"Gold."

"Gold!" Ponyets frowned. "The metal itself? What for?"

"It's their medium of exchange."

"Is it? And where do I get gold from?"

"Wherever you can. Listen to me; this is important. Nothing will happen to
me as long as the Grand Master has the scent of gold in his nose. Promise
it to him; as much as he asks for. Then go back to the Foundation, if
necessary, to get it. When I'm free, we'll be escorted out of the system,
and then we part company."

Ponyets stared disapprovingly, "And then you'll come back and try again."

"It's my assignment to sell nucleics to Askone."

"They'll get you before you've gone a parsec in space. You know that, I
suppose."

"I don't," said Gorov. "And if I did, it wouldn't affect things."

"They'll kill you the second time."

Gorov shrugged.

Ponyets said quietly, "If I'm going to negotiate with the Grand Master
again, I want to know the whole story. So far, I've been working it too
blind. As it was, the few mild remarks I did make almost threw his
Veneration into fits."

"It's simple enough," said Gorov. "The only way we can increase the
security of the Foundation here in the Periphery is to form a
religion-controlled commercial empire. We're still too weak to be able to
force political control. It's all we can do to hold the Four Kingdoms."

Ponyets was nodding. "This I realize. And any system that doesn't accept
nuclear gadgets can never be placed under our religious control

"And can therefore become a focal point for independence and hostility.
Yes."

"All right, then," said Ponyets, "so much for theory. Now what exactly
prevents the sale. Religion? The Grand Master implied as much."

"It's a form of ancestor worship. Their traditions tell of an evil past
from which they were saved by the simple and virtuous heroes of the past
generations. It amounts to a distortion of the anarchic period a century
ago, when the imperial troops were driven out and an independent government
was set up. Advanced science and nuclear power in particular became
identified with the old imperial regime they remember with horror."

"That so? But they have nice little ships which spotted me very handily two
parsecs away. That smells of nucleics to me."

Gorov shrugged. "Those ships are holdovers of the Empire, no doubt.
Probably with nuclear drive. What they have, they keep. The point is that
they will not innovate and their internal economy is entirely non-nuclear.
That is what we must change."

"How were you going to do it?"

"By breaking the resistance at one point. To put it simply, if I could sell
a penknife with a force-field blade to a nobleman, it would be to his
interest to force laws that would allow him to use it. Put that baldly, it
sounds silly, but it is sound, psychologically. To make strategic sales, at
strategic points, would be to create a pro-nucleics faction at court."

"And they send you for that purpose, while I'm only here to ransom you and
leave, while you keep on trying? Isn't that sort of tail-backward?"

"In what way?" said Gorov, guardedly.

"Listen," Ponyets was suddenly exasperated, "you're a diplomat, not a
trader, and calling you a trader won't make you one. This case is for one
who's made a business of selling and I'm here with a full cargo stinking
into uselessness, and a quota that won't ever be met, it looks like."

"You mean you're going to risk your life on something that isn't your
business?" Gorov smiled thinly.

Ponyets said, "You mean that this is a matter of patriotism and traders
aren't patriotic?"

"Notoriously not. Pioneers never are."

"All right. I'll grant that. I don't scoot about space to save the
Foundation or anything like that. But I'm out to make money, and this is my
chance. If it helps the Foundation at the same time, all the better. And
I've risked my life on slimmer chances."

Ponyets rose, and Gorov rose with him, "What are you going to do?"

The trader smiled, "Gorov, I don't know not yet. But if the crux of the
matter is to make a sale, then I'm your man. I'm not a boaster as a general
thing, but there's one thing I'll always back up. I've never ended up below
quota yet."

The door to the cell opened almost instantly when he knocked, and two
guards fell in on either side.



4.

"A show!" said the Grand Master, grimly. He settled himself well into his
furs, and one thin hand grasped the iron cudgel he used as a cane.

"And gold, your Veneration."

"And gold," agreed the Grand Master, carelessly.

Ponyets set the box down and opened it with as fine an appearance of
confidence as he could manage. He felt alone in the face of universal
hostility; the way he had felt out in space his first year. The semicircle
of bearded councilors who faced him down, stared unpleasantly. Among them
was Pherl, the thin-faced favorite who sat next to the Grand Master in
stiff hostility. Ponyets had met him once already and marked him
immediately as prime enemy, and, as a consequence, prime victim.

Outside the hall, a small army awaited events. Ponyets was effectively
isolated from his ship; he lacked any weapon, but his attempted bribe; and
Gorov was still a hostage.

He made the final adjustments on the clumsy monstrosity that had cost him a
week of ingenuity, and prayed once again that the lead-lined quartz would
stand the strain.

"What is it?" asked the Grand Master.

"This," said Ponyets, stepping back, "is a small device I have constructed
myself."

"That is obvious, but it is not the information I want. Is it one of the
black-magic abominations of your world?"

"It is nuclear in nature, admitted Ponyets, gravely, "but none of you need
touch it, or have anything to do with it. It is for myself alone, and if it
contains abominations, I take the foulness of it upon myself."

The Grand Master had raised his iron cane at the machine in a threatening
gesture and his lips moved rapidly and silently in a purifying invocation.
The thin-faced councilor at his right leaned towards him and his straggled
red mustache approached the Grand Master's ear. The ancient Askonian
petulantly shrugged himself free.

"And what is the connection of your instrument of evil and the gold that
may save your countryman's life?"

"With this machine," began Ponyets, as his hand dropped softly onto the
central chamber and caressed its hard, round flanks, "I can turn the iron
you discard into gold of the finest quality. It is the only device known to
man that will take iron the ugly iron, your Veneration, that props up the
chair you sit in and the walls of this building and change it to shining,
heavy, yellow gold."

Ponyets felt himself botching it. His usual sales talk was smooth, facile
and plausible; but this limped like a shot-up space wagon. But it was the
content, not the form, that interested the Grand Master.

"So? Transmutation? Men have been fools who have claimed the ability. They
have paid for their prying sacrilege."

"Had they succeeded?"

"No." The Grand Master seemed coldly amused. "Success at producing gold
would have been a crime that carried its own antidote. It is the attempt
plus the failure that is fatal. Here, what can you do with my staff?" He
pounded the floor with it.

"Your Veneration will excuse me. My device is a small model, prepared by
myself, and your staff is too long."

The Grand Master's small shining eye wandered and stopped, "Randel, your
buckles. Come, man, they shall be replaced double if need be."

The buckles passed down the line, hand to hand. The Grand Master weighed
them thoughtfully.

"Here," he said, and threw them to the floor.

Ponyets picked them up. He tugged hard before the cylinder opened, and his
eyes blinked and squinted with effort as he centered the buckles carefully
on the anode screen. Later, it would be easier but there must be no
failures the first time.

The homemade transmuter crackled malevolently for ten minutes while the
odor of ozone became faintly present. The Askonians backed away, muttering,
and again Pherl whispered urgently into his ruler's ear. The Grand Master's
expression was stony. He did not budge.

And the buckles were gold.

Ponyets held them out to the Grand Master with a murmured, "Your
Veneration!" but the old man hesitated, then gestured them away. His stare
lingered upon the transmuter.

Ponyets said rapidly, "Gentlemen, this is pure gold. Gold through and
through. You may subject it to every known physical and chemical test, if
you wish to prove the point. It cannot be identified from
naturally-occurring gold in any way. Any iron can be so treated. Rust will
not interfere, not will a moderate amount of alloying metals

But Ponyets spoke only to fill a vacuum. He let the buckles remain in his
outstretched hand, and it was the gold that argued for him.

The Grand Master stretched out a slow hand at last, and the thin-faced
Pherl was roused to open speech. "Your Veneration, the gold is from a
poisoned source."

And Ponyets countered, "A rose can grow from the mud, your Veneration. In
your dealings with your neighbors, you buy material of all imaginable
variety, without inquiring as to where they get it, whether from an
orthodox machine blessed by your benign ancestors or from some
space-spawned outrage. Come, I don't offer the machine. I offer the gold."

"Your Veneration," said Pherl, "you are not responsible for the sins of
foreigners who work neither with your consent nor knowledge. But to accept
this strange pseudo-gold made sinfully from iron in your presence and with
your consent is an affront to the living spirits of our holy ancestors."

"Yet gold is gold," said the Grand Master, doubtfully, "and is but an
exchange for the heathen person of a convicted felon. Pherl, you are too
critical." But he withdrew his hand.

Ponyets said, "You are wisdom, itself, your Veneration. Consider to give
up a heathen is to lose nothing for your ancestors, whereas with the gold
you get in exchange you can ornament the shrines of their holy spirits. And
surely, were gold evil in itself, if such, a thing could be, the evil would
depart of necessity once the metal were put to such pious use."

"Now by the bones of my grandfather," said the Grand Master with surprising
vehemence. His lips separated in a shrill laugh, "Pherl, what do you say of
this young man? The statement is valid. It is as valid as the words of my
ancestors."

Pherl said gloomily, "So it would seem. Grant that the validity does not
turn out to be a device of the Malignant Spirit."

"I'll make it even better," said Ponyets, suddenly. "Hold the gold in
hostage. Place it on the altars of your ancestors as an offering and hold
me for thirty days. If at the end of that time, there is no evidence of
displeasure if no disasters occur surely, it would be proof that the
offering was accepted. What more can be offered?"

And when the Grand Master rose to his feet to search out disapproval, not a
man in the council failed to signal his agreement. Even Pherl chewed the
ragged end of his mustache and nodded curtly.

Ponyets smiled and meditated on the uses of a religious education.



5.

Another week rubbed away before the meeting with Pherl was arranged.
Ponyets felt the tension, but he was used to the feeling of physical
helplessness now. He had left city limits under guard. He was in Pherl's
suburban villa under guard. There was nothing to do but accept it without
even looking over his shoulder.

Pherl was taller and younger outside the circle of Elders. In nonformal
costume, he seemed no Elder at all.

He said abruptly, "You're a peculiar man." His close-set eyes seemed to
quiver. "You've done nothing this last week, and particularly these last
two hours, but imply that I need gold. It seems useless labor, for who does
not? Why not advance one step?"

"It is not simply gold," said Ponyets, discreetly. "Not simply gold. Not
merely a coin or two. It is rather all that lies behind gold."

"Now what can lie behind gold?" prodded Pherl, with a down-curved smile.
"Certainly this is not the preliminary of another clumsy demonstration."

"Clumsy?" Ponyets frowned slightly.

"Oh, definitely." Pherl folded his hands and nudged them gently with his
chin. "I don't criticize you. The clumsiness was on purpose, I am sure. I
might have warned his Veneration of that, had I been certain of the motive.
Now had I been you, I would have produced the gold upon my ship, and
offered it alone. The show you offered us and the antagonism you aroused
would have been dispensed with."

"True," Ponyets admitted, "but since I was myself, I accepted the
antagonism for the sake of attracting your attention."

"Is that it? Simply that?" Pherl made no effort to hide his contemptuous
amusement. "And I imagine you suggested the thirty-day purification period
that you might assure yourself time to turn the attraction into something a
bit more substantial. But what if the gold turns out to be impure?"

Ponyets allowed himself a dark humor in return, "When the judgement of that
impurity depends upon those who are most interested in finding it pure?"

Pherl lifted his eyes and stared narrowly at the trader. He seemed at once
surprised and satisfied.

"A sensible point. Now tell me why you wished to attract me."

"This I will do. In the short time I have been here, I have observed useful
facts that concern you and interest me. For instance, you are young-very
young for a member of the council, and even of a relatively young family."

"You criticize my family?"

"Not at all. Your ancestors are great and holy; all will admit that. But
there are those that say you are not a member of one of the Five Tribes."

Pherl leaned back, "With all respect to those involved," and he did not
hide his venom, "the Five Tribes have impoverished loins and thin blood.
Not fifty members of the Tribes are alive."

"Yet there are those who say the nation would not be willing to see any man
outside the Tribes as Grand Master. And so young and newly-advanced a
favorite of the Grand Master is bound to make powerful enemies among the
great ones of the State it is said. His Veneration is aging and his
protection will not last past his death, when it is an enemy of yours who
will undoubtedly be the one to interpret the words of his Spirit."

Pherl scowled, "For a foreigner you hear much. Such ears are made for
cropping."

"That may be decided later."

"Let me anticipate." Pherl stirred impatiently in his seat. "You're going
to offer me wealth and power in terms of those evil little machines you
carry in your ship. Well?"

"Suppose it so. What would be your objection? Simply your standard of good
and evil?"

Pherl shook his head. "Not at all. Look, my Outlander, your opinion of us
in your heathen agnosticism is what it is but I am not the entire slave
of our mythology, though I may appear so. I am an educated man, sir, and, I
hope, an enlightened one. The full depth of our religious customs, in the
ritualistic rather than the ethical sense, is for the masses."

"Your objection, then?" pressed Ponyets, gently.

"Just that. The masses. I might be willing to deal with you, but your
little machines must be used to be useful. How might riches come to me, if
I had to use what is it you sell?well, a razor, for instance, only in
the strictest, trembling secrecy. Even if my chin were more simply and more
cleanly shaven, how would I become rich? And how would I avoid death by gas
chamber or mob frightfulness if I were ever once caught using it?"

Ponyets shrugged, "You are correct. I might point out that the remedy would
be to educate your own people into the use of nucleics for their
convenience and your own substantial profit. It would be a gigantic piece
of work; I don't deny it; but the returns would be still more gigantic.
Still that is your concern, and, at the moment, not mine at all. For I
offer neither razor, knife, nor mechanical garbage disposer."

"What do you offer?"

"Gold itself. Directly. You may have the machine I demonstrated last week."

And now Pherl stiffened and the skin on his forehead moved jerkily. "The
transmuter?"

"Exactly. Your supply of gold will equal your supply of iron. That, I
imagine, is sufficient for all needs. Sufficient for the Grand Mastership
itself, despite youth and enemies. And it is safe."

"In what way?"

"In that secrecy is the essence of its use; that same secrecy you described
as the only safety with regard to nucleics. You may bury the transmuter in
the deepest dungeon of the strongest fortress on your furthest estate, and
it will still bring you instant wealth. It is the gold you buy, not the
machine, and that gold bears no trace of its manufacture, for it cannot be
told from the natural creation."

"And who is to operate the machine?"

"Yourself. Five minutes teaching is all you will require. I'll set it up
for you wherever you wish."

"And in return?"

"Well," Ponyets grew cautious. "I ask a price and a handsome one. It is my
living. Let us say,for it its a valuable machine the equivalent of a
cubic foot of gold in wrought iron."

Pherl laughed, and Ponyets grew red. "I point out, sir," he added, stiffly,
"that you can get your price back in two hours."

"True, and in one hour, you might be gone, and my machine might suddenly
turn out to be useless. I'll need a guarantee."

"You have my word."

"A very good one," Pherl bowed sardonically, "but your presence would be an
even better assurance. I'll give you my word to pay you one week after
delivery in working order."

"Impossible."

"Impossible? When you've already incurred the death penalty very handily by
even offering to sell me anything. The only alternative is my word that
you'll get the gas chamber tomorrow otherwise."

Ponyet's face was expressionless, but his eyes might have flickered. He
said, "It is an unfair advantage. You will at least put your promise in
writing?"

"And also become liable for execution? No, sir!" Pherl smiled a broad
satisfaction. "No, sir! Only one of us is a fool."

The trader said in a small voice, "It is agreed, then."



6.

Gorov was released on the thirtieth day, and five hundred pounds of the
yellowest gold took his place. And with him was released the quarantined
and untouched abomination that was his ship.

Then, as on the journey into the Askonian system, so on the journey out,
the cylinder of sleek little ships ushered them on their way.

Ponyets watched the dimly sun-lit speck that was Gorov's ship while Gorov's
voice pierced through to him, clear and thin on the tight,
distortion-bounded ether-beam.

He was saying, "But it isn't what's wanted, Ponyets. A transmuter won't do.
Where did you get one, anyway?"

"I didn't," Ponyets answer was patient. "I juiced it up out of a food
irradiation chamber. It isn't any good, really. The power consumption is
prohibitive on any large scale or the Foundation would use transmutation
instead of chasing all over the Galaxy for heavy metals. It's one of the
standard tricks every trader uses, except that I never saw an iron-to-gold
one before. But it's impressive, and it works very temporarily."

"All right. But that particular trick is no good."

"It got you out of a nasty spot."

"That is very far from the point. Especially since I've got to go back,
once we shake our solicitous escort."

"Why?"

"You yourself explained it to this politician of yours," Gorov's voice was
on edge. "Your entire sales-point rested on the fact that the transmuter
was a means to an end, but of no value in itself that he was buying the
gold, not the machine. It was good psychology, since it worked, but

"But?" Ponyets urged blandly and obtusely.

The voice from the receiver grew shriller, "But we want to sell them a
machine of value in itself, something they would want to use openly;
something that would tend to force them out in favor of nuclear techniques
as a matter of self-interest."

"I understand all that," said Ponyets, gently. "You once explained it. But
look at what follows from my sale, will you? As long as that transmuter
lasts, Pherl will coin gold; and it will last long enough to buy him the
next election. The present Grand Master won't last long."

"You count on gratitude?" asked Gorov, coldly.

"No on intelligent self-interest. The transmuter gets him an election;
other mechanisms

"No! No! Your premise is twisted. It's not the transmuter, he'll credit it'll be the good, old-fashioned gold. That's what I'm trying to tell you."

Ponyets grinned and shifted into a more comfortable position. All right.
He'd baited the poor fellow sufficiently. Gorov was beginning to sound
wild.

The trader said, "Not so fast, Gorov. I haven't finished. There are other
gadgets already involved."

There was a short silence. Then, Gorov's voice sounded cautiously, "What
other gadgets?"

Ponyets gestured automatically and uselessly, "You see that escort?"

"I do," said Gorov shortly. "Tell me about those gadgets."

"I will, f you'll listen. That's Pherl's private navy escorting us; a
special honor to him from the Grand Master. He managed to squeeze that
out."

"So?"

"And where do you think he's taking us? To his mining estates on the
outskirts of Askone, that's where. Listen!" Ponyets was suddenly fiery, "I
told you I was in this to make money, not to save worlds. All right. I sold
that transmuter for nothing. Nothing except the risk of the gas chamber and
that doesn't count towards the quota."

"Get back to the mining estates, Ponyets. Where do they come in?"

"With the profits. We're stacking up on tin, Gorov. Tin to fill every last
cubic foot this old scow can scrape up, and then some more for yours. I'm
going down with Pherl to collect, old man, and you're going to cover me
from upstairs with every gun you've got just in case Pherl isn't as
sporting about the matter as he lets on to be. That tin's my profit."

"For the transmuter?"

"For my entire cargo of nucleics. At double price, plus a bonus." He
shrugged, almost apologetically. "I admit I gouged him, but I've got to
make quota, don't I?"

Gorov was evidently lost. He said, weakly, "Do you mind explaining'?"

"What's there to explain? It's obvious, Gorov. Look, the clever dog thought
he had me in a foolproof trap, because his word was worth more than mine to
the Grand Master. He took the transmuter. That was a capital crime in
Askone. But at any time he could say that he had lured me on into a trap
with the purest of patriotic motives, and denounce me as a seller of
forbidden things."

"That was obvious."

"Sure, but word against simple word wasn't all there was to it. You see,
Pherl had never heard nor conceived of a microfilm-recorder."

Gorov laughed suddenly.

"That's right," said Ponyets. "He had the upper hand. I was properly
chastened. But when I set up the transmuter for him in my whipped-dog
fashion, I incorporated the recorder into the device and removed it in the
next day's overhaul. I had a perfect record of his sanctum sanctorum, his
holy-of-holies, with he himself, poor Pherl, operating the transmuter for
all the ergs it had and crowing over his first piece of gold as if it were
an egg he had just laid."

"You showed him the results?"

"Two days later. The poor sap had never seen three-dimensional color-sound
images in his life. He claims he isn't superstitious, but if I ever saw an
adult look as scared as he did then, call me rookie. When I told him I had
a recorder planted in the city square, set to go off at midday with a
million fanatical Askonians to watch, and to tear him to pieces
subsequently, he was gibbering at my knees in half a second. He was ready
to make any deal I wanted."

"Did you?" Gorov's voice was suppressing laughter. "I mean, have one
planted in the city square."

"No, but that didn't matter. He made the deal. He bought every gadget I
had, and every one you had for as much tin as we could carry. At that
moment, he believed me capable of anything. The agreement is in writing and
you'll have a copy before I go down with him, just as another precaution."

"But you've damaged his ego," said Gorov. "Will he use the gadgets?"

"Why not? It's his only way of recouping his losses, and if he makes money
out of it, he'll salve his pride. And he will be the next Grand Master and the best man we could have in our favor."

"Yes," said Gorov, "it was a good sale. Yet you've certainly got an
uncomfortable sales technique. No wonder you were kicked out of a seminary.
Have you no sense of morals?"

"What are the odds?" said Ponyets, indifferently. "You know what Salvor
Hardin said about a sense of morals."

------------------------------------------------------------------------

PART V

THE MERCHANT PRINCES

1.

TRADERS-... With psychohistoric inevitability. economic control of the
Foundation grew. The traders grew rich; and with riches came power....

It is sometimes forgotten that Hober Mallow began life as an ordinary
trader. It is never forgotten that he ended it as the first of the Merchant
Princes....

ENCYCLOPEDIA GALACTICA

Jorane Sutt put the tips of carefully-manicured fingers together and said,
"It's something of a puzzle. In fact and this is in the strictest of
confidence it may be another one of Hari Seldon's crises."

The man opposite felt in the pocket of his short Smyrnian jacket for a
cigarette. "Don't know about that, Sutt. As a general rule, politicians
start shouting 'Seldon crisis' at every mayoralty campaign."

Sutt smiled very faintly, "I'm not campaigning, Mallow. We're facing
nuclear weapons, and we don't know where they're coming from."

Hober Mallow of Smyrno, Master Trader, smoked quietly, almost
indifferently. "Go on. If you have more to say, get it out." Mallow never
made the mistake of being overpolite to a Foundation man. He might be an
Outlander, but a man's a man for athat.

Sutt indicated the trimensional star-map on the table. He adjusted the
controls and a cluster of some half-dozen stellar systems blazed red.

'That," he said quietly, "is the Korellian Republic."

The trader nodded, "I've been there. Stinking rathole! I suppose you can
call it a republic but it's always someone out of the Argo family that gets
elected Commdor each time. And if you ever don't like it things happen to
you." He twisted his lip and repeated, "I've been there."

"But you've come back, which hasn't always happened. Three trade ships,
inviolate under the Conventions, have disappeared within the territory of
the Republic in the last year. And those ships were armed with all the
usual nuclear explosives and force-field defenses."

"What was the last word heard from the ships?"

"Routine reports. Nothing else."

"What did Korell say?"

Sutt's eyes gleamed sardonically, "There was no way of asking. The
Foundation's greatest asset throughout the Periphery is its reputation of
power. Do you think we can lose three ships and ask for them?"

"Well, then, suppose you tell me what you want with me."

Jorane Sutt did not waste his time in the luxury of annoyance. As secretary
to the mayor, he had held off opposition councilmen, jobseekers, reformers,
and crackpots who claimed to have solved in its entirety the course of
future history as worked out by Hari Seldon. With training like that, it
took a good deal to disturb him.

He said methodically, "In a moment. You see, three ships lost in the same
sector in the same year can't be accident, and nuclear power can be
conquered only by more nuclear power. The question automatically arises: if
Korell has nuclear weapons, where is it getting them?"

"And where does it?"

"Two alternatives. Either the Korellians have constructed them themselves

"Far-fetched!"

"Very! But the other possibility is that we are being afflicted with a case
of treason."

"You think so?" Mallow's voice was cold.

The secretary said calmly, "There's nothing miraculous about the
possibility. Since the Four Kingdoms accepted the Foundation Convention, we
have had to deal with considerable groups of dissident populations in each
nation. Each former kingdom has its pretenders and its former noblemen, who
can't very well pretend to love the Foundation. Some of them are becoming
active, perhaps."

Mallow was a dull red. "I see. Is there anything you want to say to me? I'm
a Smyrnian."

"I know. You're a Smyrnian born in Smyrno, one of the former Four
Kingdoms. You're a Foundation man by education only. By birth, you're an
Outlander and a foreigner. No doubt your grandfather was a baron at the
time of the wars with Anacreon and Loris, and no doubt your family estates
were taken away when Sef Sermak redistributed the land."

"No, by Black Space, no! My grandfather was a blood-poor son-of-a-spacer
who died heaving coal at starving wages before the Foundation took over. I
owe nothing to the old regime. But I was born in Smyrno, and I'm not
ashamed of either Smyrno or Smyrnians, by the Galaxy. Your sly little hints
of treason aren't going to panic me into licking Foundation spittle. And
now you can either give your orders or make your accusations. I don't care
which."

"My good Master Trader, I don't care an electron whether your grandfather
was King of Smyrno or the greatest pauper on the planet. I recited that
rigmarole about your birth and ancestry to show you that I'm not interested
in them. Evidently, you missed the point. Let's go back now. You're a
Smyrnian. You know the Outlanders. Also, you're a trader and one of the
best. You've been to Korell and you know the Korellians. That's where
you've got to go."

Mallow breathed deeply, "As a spy?"

"Not at all. As a trader but with your eyes open. If you can find out
where the power is coming from I might remind you, since you're a
Smyrnian, that two of those lost trade ships had Smyrnian crews."

"When do I start?"

"When will your ship be ready?"

"In six days."

"Then that's when you start. You'll have all the details at the Admiralty."

"Right!" The trader rose, shook hands roughly, and strode out.

Sutt waited, spreading his fingers gingerly and rubbing out the pressure;
then shrugged his shoulders and stepped into the mayor's office.

The mayor deadened the visiplate and leaned back. "What do you make of it,
Sutt?"

"He could be a good actor," said Sutt, and stared thoughtfully ahead.



2.

It was evening of the same day, and in Jorane Sutt's bachelor apartment on
the twenty-first floor of the Hardin Building, Publis Manlio was sipping
wine slowly.

It was Publis Manlio in whose slight, aging body were fulfilled two great
offices of the Foundation. He was Foreign Secretary in the mayor's cabinet,
and to all the outer suns, barring only the Foundation itself, he was, in
addition, Primate of the Church, Purveyor of the Holy Food, Master of the
Temples, and so forth almost indefinitely in confusing but sonorous
syllables.

He was saying, "But he agreed to let you send out that trader. It is a
point."

"But such a small one," said Sutt. "It gets us nothing immediately. The
whole business is the crudest sort of stratagem, since we have no way of
foreseeing it to the end. It is a mere paying out of rope on the chance
that somewhere along the length of it will be a noose."

"True. And this Mallow is a capable man. What if he is not an easy prey to
dupery?"

"That is a chance that must be run. If there is treachery, it is the
capable men that are implicated. If not, we need a capable man to detect
the truth. And Mallow will be guarded. Your glass is empty."

"No, thanks. I've had enough."

Sutt filled his own glass and patiently endured the other's uneasy reverie.

Of whatever the reverie consisted, it ended indecisively, for the primate
said suddenly, almost explosively, "Sutt, what's on your mind?"

"I'll tell you, Manlio." His thin lips parted, "We're in the middle of a
Seldon crisis."

Manlio stared, then said softly, "How do you know? Has Seldon appeared in
the Time Vault again?"

"That much, my friend, is not necessary. Look, reason it out. Since the
Galactic Empire abandoned the Periphery, and threw us on our own, we have
never had an opponent who possessed nuclear power. Now, for the first time,
we have one. That seems significant even if it stood by itself. And it
doesn't. For the first time in over seventy years, we are facing a major
domestic political crisis. I should think the synchronization of the two
crises, inner and outer, puts it beyond all doubt."

Manlio's eyes narrowed, "If that's all, it's not enough. There have been
two Seldon crises so far, and both times the Foundation was in danger of
extermination. Nothing can be a third crisis till that danger returns."

Sutt never showed impatience, "That danger is coming. Any fool can tell a
crisis when it arrives. The real service to the state is to detect it in
embryo. Look, Manlio, we're proceeding along a planned history. We know
that Hari Seldon worked out the historical probabilities of the future. We
know that some day we're to rebuild the Galactic Empire. We know that it
will take a thousand years or thereabouts. And we know that in the interval
we will face certain definite crises.

"Now the first crisis came fifty years after the establishment of the
Foundation, and the second, thirty years later than that. Almost
seventy-five years have gone since. It's time, Manlio, it's time."

Manlio rubbed his nose uncertainly, "And you've made your plans to meet
this crisis?"

Sutt nodded.

"And I," continued Manlio, "am to play a part in it?"

Sutt nodded again, "Before we can meet the foreign threat of atomic power,
we've got to put our own house in order. These traders

"Ah!" The primate stiffened, and his eyes grew sharp.

"That's right. These traders. They are useful, but they are too strong and too uncontrolled. They are Outlanders, educated apart from religion. On
the one hand, we put knowledge into their hands, and on the other, we
remove our strongest hold upon them."

"If we can prove treachery?"

"If we could, direct action would be simple and sufficient. But that
doesn't signify in the least. Even if treason among them did not exist,
they would form an uncertain element in our society. They wouldn't be bound
to us by patriotism or common descent, or even by religious awe. Under
their secular leadership, the outer provinces, which, since Hardin's time,
look to us as the Holy Planet, might break away."

"I see all that, but the cure

"The cure must come quickly, before the Seldon Crisis becomes acute. If
nuclear weapons are without and disaffection within, the odds might be too
great." Sutt put down the empty glass he had been fingering, "This is
obviously your job."

"Mine?"

"I can't do it. My office is appointive and has no legislative standing."

"The mayor

"Impossible. His personality is entirely negative. He is energetic only in
evading responsibility. But if an independent party arose that might
endanger re-election, he might allow himself to be led."

"But, Sutt, I lack the aptitude for practical politics."

"Leave that to me. Who knows, Manlio? Since Salvor Hardin's time, the
primacy and the mayoralty have never been combined in a single person. But
it might happen now if your job were well done."



3.

And at the other end of town, in homelier surroundings, Hober Mallow kept a
second appointment. He had listened long, and now he said cautiously, "Yes,
I've heard of your campaigns to get trader representation in the council.
But why me, Twer?"

Jaim Twer, who would remind you any time, asked or unasked, that he was in
the first group of Outlanders to receive a lay education at the Foundation,
beamed.

"I know what I'm doing," he said. "Remember when I met you first, last
year."

"At the Trader's Convention."

"Right. You ran the meeting. You had those red-necked oxen planted in their
seats, then put them in your shirtpocket and walked off with them. And
you're all right with the Foundation masses, too. You've got glamor or,
at any rate, solid adventure-publicity, which is the same thing."

"Very good," said Mallow, dryly. "But why now?"

'Because now's our chance. Do you know that the Secretary of Education has
handed in his resignation? It's not out in the open yet, but it will be."

"How do you know?"

"That never mind He waved a disgusted hand. "It's so. The Actionist
party is splitting wide open, and we can murder it right now on a straight
question of equal rights for traders; or, rather, democracy, pro- and
anti-."

Mallow lounged back in his chair and stared at his thick fingers, "Uh-uh.
Sorry, Twer. I'm leaving next week on business. You'll have to get someone
else."

Twer stared, "Business? What kind of business?"

"Very super-secret. Triple-A priority. All that, you know. Had a talk with
the mayor's own secretary."

"Snake Sutt?" Jaim Twer grew excited. "A trick. The son-of-a-spacer is
getting rid of you. Mallow

"Hold on!" Mallow's hand fell on the other's balled fist. "Don't go into a
blaze. If it's a trick, I'll be back some day for the reckoning. if it
isn't, your snake, Sutt, is playing into our hands. Listen, there's a
Seldon crisis coming up."

Mallow waited for a reaction but it never came. Twer merely stared. "What's
a Seldon crisis?"

"Galaxy!" Mallow exploded angrily at the anticlimax, "What the blue blazes
did you do when you went to school? What do you mean anyway by a fool
question like that?"

The elder man frowned, "If you'll explain

There was a long pause, then, "I'll explain." Mallow's eyebrows lowered,
and he spoke slowly. "When the Galactic Empire began to die at the edges,
and when the ends of the Galaxy reverted to barbarism and dropped away,
Hari Seldon and his band of psychologists planted a colony, the Foundation,
out here in the middle of the mess, so that we could incubate art, science,
and technology, and form the nucleus of the Second Empire."

"Oh, yes, yes

"I'm not finished," said the trader, coldly. "The future course of the
Foundation was plotted according to the science of psychohistory, then
highly developed, and conditions arranged so as to bring about a series of
crises that will force us most rapidly along the route to future Empire.
Each crisis, each Seldon crisis, marks an epoch in our history. We're
approaching one now our third."

Twer shrugged. "I suppose this was mentioned in school, but I've been out
of school a long time longer than you."

"I suppose so. Forget it. What matters is that I'm being sent out into the
middle of the development of this crisis. There's no telling what I'll have
when I come back, and there is a council election every year."

Twer looked up, "Are you on the track of anything?"

"No."

"You have definite plans?"

"Not the faintest inkling of one."

"Well

"Well, nothing. Hardin once said: 'To succeed, planning alone is
insufficient. One must improvise as well.' I'll improvise."

Twer shook his head uncertainly, and they stood, looking at each other.

Mallow said, quite suddenly, but quite matter-of-factly, "I tell you what,
how about coming with me? Don't stare, man. You've been a trader before you
decided them was more excitement in politics. Or so I've heard."

"Where are you going? Tell me that."

Towards the Whassallian Rift. I can't be more specific till we're out in
space. What do you say?"

Suppose Sutt decides he wants me where he can see

"Not likely. If he's anxious to get rid of me, why not of you as well?
Besides which, no trader would hit space if he couldn't pick his own crew.
I take whom I please."

There was a queer glint in the older man's eyes, "All right. I'll go." He
held out his hand, "It'll be my first trip in three years."

Mallow grasped and shook the other's hand, "Good! All fired good! And now
I've got to round up the boys. You know where the Far Star docks, don 't
you? Then show up tomorrow. Good-by."



4.

Korell is that frequent phenomenon in history: the republic whose ruler has
every attribute of the absolute monarch but the name. It therefore enjoyed
the usual despotism unrestrained even by those two moderating influences in
the legitimate monarchies: regal "honor" and court etiquette.

Materially, its prosperity was low. The day of the Galactic Empire had
departed, with nothing but silent memorials and broken structures to
testify to it. The day of the Foundation had not yet come and in the
fierce determination of its ruler, the Commdor Asper Argo, with his strict
regulation of the traders and his stricter prohibition of the missionaries,
it was never coming.

The spaceport itself was decrepit and decayed, and the crew of the Far Star
were drearily aware of that. The moldering hangars made for a moldering
atmosphere and Jaim Twer itched and fretted over a game of solitaire.

Hober Mallow said thoughtfully, "Good trading material here." He was
staring quietly out the viewport. So far, there was little else to be said
about Korell. The trip here was uneventful. The squadron of Korellian ships
that had shot out to intercept the Far Star had been tiny, limping relics
of ancient glory or battered, clumsy hulks. They had maintained their
distance fearfully, and still maintained it, and for a week now, Mallow's
requests for an audience with the local go government had been unanswered.

Mallow repeated, "Good trading here. You might call this virgin territory."

Jaim Twer looked up impatiently, and threw his cards aside, "What the devil
do you intend doing, Mallow? The crew's grumbling, the officers are
worried, and I wondering

"Wondering? About what?"

"About the situation. And about you. What are we doing?"

"Waiting."

The old trader snorted and grew red. He growled, "You're going it blind,
Mallow. There's a guard around the field and there are ships overhead.
Suppose they're getting ready to blow us into a hole in the ground."

"They've had a week."

"Maybe they're waiting for reinforcements." Twer's eyes were sharp and
hard.

Mallow sat down abruptly, "Yes, I'd thought of that You see, it poses a
pretty problem. First, we got here without trouble. That may mean nothing,
however, for only three ships out of better than three hundred went
a-glimmer last year. The percentage is low. But that may mean also that the
number of their ships equipped with nuclear power is small, and that they
dare not expose them needlessly, until that number grows.

"But it could mean, on the other hand, that they haven't nuclear power
after all. Or maybe they have and are keeping undercover, for fear we know
something. It's one thing, after all, to piratize blundering, light-armed
merchant ships. It's another to fool around with an accredited envoy of the
Foundation when the mere fact of his presence may mean the Foundation is
growing suspicious.

"Combine this

"Hold on, Mallow, hold on." Twer raised his hands. "You're just about
drowning me with talk. What're you getting at? Never mind the in-betweens."

"You've got to have the in-betweens, or you won't understand, Twer. We're
both waiting. They don't know what I'm doing here and I don't know what
they've got here. But I'm in the weaker position because I'm one and
they're an entire world maybe with atomic power. I can't afford to be the
one to weaken. Sure it's dangerous. Sure there may be a hole in the ground
waiting for us. But we knew that from the start. What else is there to do?"

"I don'tWho's that, now?"

Mallow looked up patiently, and tuned the receiver. The visiplate glowed
into the craggy face of the watch sergeant.

"Speak, sergeant."

The sergeant said, "Pardon, sir. The men have given entry to a Foundation
missionary."

"A what?" Mallow's face grew livid.

"A missionary, sit. He's in need of hospitalization, sir-"

"There'll be more than one in need of that, sergeant, for this piece of
work. Order the men to battle stations."

Crew's lounge was almost empty. Five minutes after the order, even the men
on the off-shift were at their guns. It was speed that was the great virtue
in the anarchic regions of the interstellar space of the Periphery, and it
was in speed above all that the crew of a master trader excelled.

Mallow entered slowly, and stared the missionary up and down and around.
His eye slid to Lieutenant Tinter, who shifted uneasily to one side and to
Watch-Sergeant Demen, whose blank face and stolid figure flanked the other.

The Master Trader turned to Twer and paused thoughtfully, "Well, then,
Twer, get the officers here quietly, except for the co-ordinators and the
trajectorian. The men are to remain at stations till further orders."

There was a five-minute hiatus, in which Mallow kicked open the doors to
the lavatories, looked behind the bar, pulled the draperies across the
thick windows. For half a minute he left the room altogether, and when he
returned he was humming abstractedly.

Men filed in. Twer followed, and closed the door silently.

Mallow said quietly, "First, who let this man in without orders from me?"

The watch sergeant stepped forward. Every eye shifted. "Pardon, sir. It was
no definite person. It was a sort of mutual agreement. He was one of us,
you might say, and these foreigners here

Mallow cut him short, "I sympathize with your feelings, sergeant, and
understand them. These men, were they under your command?"

"Yes, sir."

"When this is over, they're to be confined to individual quarters for a
week. You yourself are relieved of all supervisory duties for a similar
period. Understood?"

The sergeant's face never changed, but there was the slightest droop to his
shoulders. He said, crisply, "Yes, sir."

"You may leave. Get to your gun-station."

The door closed behind him and the babble rose.

Twer broke in, "Why the punishment, Mallow? You know that these Korellians
kill captured missionaries."

"An action against my orders is bad in itself whatever other reasons there
may be in its favor. No one was to leave or enter the ship without
permission."

Lieutenant Tinter murmured rebelliously, "Seven days without action. You
can't maintain discipline that way."

Mallow said icily, "I can. There's no merit in discipline under ideal
circumstances. I'll have it in the face of death, or it's useless. Where's
this missionary? Get him here in front of me."

The trader sat down, while the scarlet-cloaked figure was carefully brought
forward.

"What's your name, reverend?"

"Eh?" The scarlet-robed figure wheeled towards Mallow, the whole body
turning as a unit. His eyes were blankly open and there was a bruise on one
temple. He had not spoken, nor, as far as Mallow could tell, moved during
all the previous interval.

"Your name, revered one?"

The missionary started to sudden feverish life. His arms went out in an
embracing gesture. "My son my children. May you always be in the
protecting arms of the Galactic Spirit."

Twer stepped forward, eyes troubled, voice husky, "The man's sick. Take him
to bed, somebody. Order him to bed, Mallow, and have him seen to. He's
badly hurt."

Mallow's great arm shoved him back, "Don't interfere, Twer, or I'll have
you out of the room. Your name, revered one?"

The missionary's hands clasped in sudden supplication, "As you are
enlightened men, save me from the heathen." The words tumbled out, "Save me
from these brutes and darkened ones who raven after me and would afflict
the Galactic Spirit with their crimes. I am Jord Parma, of the Anacreonian
worlds. Educated at the Foundation; the Foundation itself, my children. I
am a Priest of the Spirit educated into all the mysteries, who have come
here where the inner voice called me." He was gasping. "I have suffered at
the hands of the unenlightened. As you are Children of the Spirit; and in
the name of that Spirit, protect me from them."

A voice broke in upon them, as the emergency alarm box clamored
metallically:

"Enemy units in sight! Instruction desired!"

Every eye shot mechanically upward to the speaker.

Mallow swore violently. He clicked open the reverse and yelled, "Maintain
vigil! That is all!" and turned it off.

He made his way to the thick drapes that rustled aside at a touch and
stared grimly out,

Enemy units! Several thousands of them in the persons of the individual
members of a Korellian mob. The rolling rabble encompassed the port from
extreme end to extreme end, and in the cold, hard light of magnesium flares
the foremost straggled closer.

"Tinter!" The trader never turned, but the back of his neck was red. "Get
the outer speaker working and find out what they want. Ask if they have a
representative of the law with them. Make no promises and no threats, or
I'll kill you."

Tinter turned and left.

Mallow felt a rough hand on his shoulder and he struck it aside. It was
Twer. His voice was an angry hiss in his ear, "Mallow, you're bound to hold
onto this man. There's no way of maintaining decency and honor otherwise.
He's of the Foundation and, after all, he is a priest. These savages
outsideDo you hear me?"

"I hear you, Twer." Mallow's voice was incisive. "I've got more to do here
than guard missionaries. I'll do, sir, what I please, and, by Seldon and
all the Galaxy, if you try to stop me, I'll tear out your stinking
windpipe. Don't get in my way, Twer, or it will be the last of you."

He turned and strode past. "You! Revered Parma! Did you know that, by
convention, no Foundation missionaries may enter the Korellian territory?"

The missionary was trembling, "I can but go where the Spirit leads, my son.
If the darkened ones refuse enlightenment, is it not the greater sign of
their need for it?"

"That's outside the question, revered one. You are here against the law of
both Korell and the Foundation. I cannot in law protect you."

The missionary's hands were raised again. His earlier bewilderment was
gone. There was the raucous clamor of the ship's outer communication system
in action, and the faint, undulating gabble of the angry horde in response.
The sound made his eyes wild.

"You hear them? Why do you talk of law to me, of a law made by men? There
are higher laws. Was it not the Galactic Spirit that said: Thou shalt not
stand idly by to the hurl of thy fellowman. And has he not said: Even as
thou dealest with the humble and defenseless, thus shalt thou be dealt
with.

"Have you not guns? Have you not a ship? And behind you is there not the
Foundation? And above and all-about you is there not the Spirit that rules
the universe?" He paused for breath.

And then the great outer voice of the Far Star ceased and Lieutenant Tinter
was back, troubled.

"Speak!" said Mallow, shortly.

"Sir, they demand the person of Jord Parma."

"If not?"

"There are various threats, sir. It is difficult to make much out. There
are so many and they seem quite mad. There is someone who says he governs
the district and has police powers, but he is quite evidently not his own
master."

"Master or not," shrugged Mallow, "he is the law. Tell them that if this
governor, or policeman, or whatever he is, approaches the ship alone, he
can have the Revered Jord Parma."

And there was suddenly a gun in his hand. He added, "I don't know what
insubordination is. I have never had any experience with it. But if there's
anyone here who thinks he can teach me, I'd like to teach him my antidote
in return.''

The gun swiveled slowly, and rested on Twer. With an effort, the old
trader's face untwisted and his hands unclenched and lowered. His breath
was a harsh rasp in his nostrils.

Tinter left, and in five minutes a puny figure detached itself from the
crowd. It approached slowly and hesitantly, plainly drenched in fear and
apprehension. Twice it turned back, and twice the patently obvious threats
of the many-headed monster urged him on.

"All right," Mallow gestured with the hand-blaster, which remained
unsheathed. "Grun and Upshur, take him out."

The missionary screeched. He raised his arms and rigid fingers speared
upward as the voluminous sleeves fell away to reveal the thin, veined arms.
There was a momentary, tiny flash of light that came and went in a breath.
Mallow blinked and gestured again, contemptuously.

The missionary's voice poured out as he struggled in the two-fold grasp,
"Cursed be the traitor who abandons his fellowman to evil and to death.
Deafened be the ears that are deaf to the pleadings of the helpless. Blind
be the eyes that are blind to innocence. Blackened forever be the soul that
consorts with blackness

Twer clamped his hands tightly over his ears.

Mallow flipped his blaster and put it away. "Disperse," he said, evenly,
"to respective stations. Maintain full vigil for six hours after dispersion
of crowd. Double stations for forty-eight hours thereafter. Further
instructions at that time. Twer, come with me."

They were alone in Mallow's private quarters. Mallow indicated a chair and
Twer sat down. His stocky figure looked shrunken.

Mallow stared him down, sardonically. "Twer," he said, "I'm disappointed.
Your three years in politics seem to have gotten you out of trader habits.
Remember, I may be a democrat back at the Foundation, but there's nothing
short of tyranny that can run my ship the way I want it run. I never had to
pull a blaster on my men before, and I wouldn't have had to now, if you
hadn't gone out of line.

"Twer, you have no official position, but you're here on my invitation, and
I'll extend you every courtesy in private. However, from now on, in the
presence of my officers or men, I'm 'sir,' and not 'Mallow.' And when I
give an order, you'll jump faster than a third-class recruit just for luck,
or I'll have you handcuffed in the sub-level even faster. Understand?"

The party-leader swallowed dryly. He said, reluctantly, "My apologies."

"Accepted! Will you shake?"

Twer's limp fingers were swallowed in Mallow's huge palm. Twer said, "My
motives were good. It's difficult to send a man out to be lynched. That
wobbly-kneed governor or whatever-he-was can't save him. It's murder."

"I can't help that. Frankly, the incident smelled too bad. Didn't you
notice?"

"Notice what?"

"This spaceport is deep in the middle of a sleepy far section. Suddenly a
missionary escapes. Where from? He comes here. Coincidence? A huge crowd
gathers. From where? The nearest city of any size must be at least a
hundred miles away. But they arrive in half an hour. How?"

"How?" echoed Twer.

"Well, what if the missionary were brought here and released as bait. Our
friend, Revered Parma, was considerably confused. He seemed at no time to
be in complete possession of his wits."

"Hard usage murmured Twer bitterly.

"Maybe! And maybe the idea was to have us go all chivalrous and gallant,
into a stupid defense of the man. He was here against the laws of Korell
and the Foundation. If I withhold him, it is an act of war against Korell,
and the Foundation would have no legal right to defend us."

"That that's pretty far-fetched."

The speaker blared and forestalled Mallow's answer: "Sir, official
communication received."

"Submit immediately!"

The gleaming cylinder arrived in its slot with a click. Mallow opened it
and shook out the silver-impregnated sheet it held. He rubbed it
appreciatively between thumb and finger and said, "Teleported direct from
the capital. Commdor's own stationery."

He read it in a glance and laughed shortly, "So my idea was far-fetched,
was it?"

He tossed it to Twer, and added, "Half an hour after we hand back the
missionary, we finally get a very polite invitation to the Commdor's august
presence after seven days of previous waiting. I think we passed a test."



5.

Commdor Asper was a man of the people, by self-acclamation. His remaining
back-fringe of gray hair drooped limply to his shoulders, his shirt needed
laundering, and he spoke with a snuffle.

"There is no ostentation here, Trader Mallow," he said. "No false show. In
me, you see merely the first citizen of the state. That's what Commdor
means, and that's the only title I have."

He seemed inordinately pleased with it all, "in fact, I consider that fact
one of the strongest bonds between Korell and your nation. I understand you
people enjoy the republican blessings we do."

"Exactly, Commdor," said Mallow gravely, taking mental exception to the
comparison, "an argument which I consider strongly in favor of continued
peace and friendship between our governments."

"Peace! Ah!" The Commdor's sparse gray beard twitched to the sentimental
grimaces of his face. "I don't think there is anyone in the Periphery who
has so near his heart the ideal of Peace, as I have. I can truthfully say
that since I succeeded my illustrious father to the leadership of the
state, the reign of Peace has never been broken. Perhaps I shouldn't say
it" e coughed gently "but I have been told that my people, my
fellow-citizens rather, know me as Asper, the Well-Beloved."

Mallow's eyes wandered over the well-kept garden. Perhaps the tall men and
the strangely-designed but openly-vicious weapons they carried just
happened to be lurking in odd comers as a precaution against himself. That
would be understandable. But the lofty, steel-girdered walls that circled
the place had quite obviously been recently strengthened an unfitting
occupation for such a Well-Beloved Asper.

He said, "It is fortunate that I have you to deal with then, Commdor. The
despots and monarchs of surrounding worlds, which haven't the benefit of
enlightened administration, often lack the qualities that would make a
ruler well-beloved."

"Such as?" There was a cautious note in the Commdor's voice.

"Such as a concern for the best interests of their people, You, on the
other hand, would understand,"

The Commdor kept his eyes on the gravel path as they walked leisurely, His
hands caressed each other behind his back.

Mallow went on smoothly, "Up to now, trade between our two nations has
suffered because of the restrictions placed upon our traders by your
government. Surely, it has long been evident to you that unlimited trade

"Free Trade!" mumbled the Commdor.

"Free Trade, then. You must see that it would be of benefit to both of us.
There are things you have that we want, and things we have that you want.
It asks only an exchange to bring increased prosperity. An enlightened
ruler such as yourself, a friend of the people I might say, a member of
the people needs no elaboration on that theme. I won't insult your
intelligence by offering any."

"True! I have seen this. But what would you?" His voice was a plaintive
whine. "Your people have always been so unreasonable. I am in favor of all
the trade our economy can support, but not on your terms. I am not sole
master here." His voice rose, "I am only the servant of public opinion. My
people will not take commerce which carries with it a compulsory religion."

Mallow drew himself up, "A compulsory religion?"

"So it has always been in effect. Surely you remember the case of Askone
twenty years ago. First they were sold some of your goods and then your
people asked for complete freedom of missionary effort in order that the
goods might be run properly; that Temples of Health be set up. There was
then the establishment of religious schools; autonomous rights for all
officers of the religion and with what result? Askone is now an integral
member of the Foundation's system and the Grand Master cannot call his
underwear his own. Oh, no! Oh, no! The dignity of an independent people
could never suffer it."

"None of what you speak is at all what I suggest," interposed Mallow.

"No?"

"No. I'm a Master Trader. Money is my religion. All this mysticism and
hocus-pocus of the missionaries annoy me, and I'm glad you refuse to
countenance it. It makes you more my type of man."

The Commdor's laugh was high-pitched and jerky, "Well said! The Foundation
should have sent a man of your caliber before this."

He laid a friendly hand upon the trader's bulking shoulder, "But man, you
have told me only half. You have told me what the catch is not. Now tell me
what it is."

"The only catch, Commdor, is that you're going to be burdened with an
immense quantity of riches."

"Indeed?" he snuffled. "But what could I want with riches? The true wealth
is the love of one's people. I have that."

"You can have both, for it is possible to gather gold with one hand and
love with the other."

"Now that, my young man, would be an interesting phenomenon, if it were
possible. How would you go about it?"

"Oh, in a number of ways. The difficulty is choosing among them. Let's see.
Well, luxury items, for instance. This object here, now

Mallow drew gently out of an inner pocket a flat, linked chain of polished
metal. "This, for instance."

"What is it?"

"That's got to be demonstrated. Can you get a woman? Any young female will
do. And a mirror, full length."

"Hm-m-m. Let's get indoors, then."

The Commdor referred to his dwelling place as a house. The populace
undoubtedly would call it a palace. To Mallow's straightforward eyes, it
looked uncommonly like a fortress. it was built on an eminence that
overlooked the capital. Its walls were thick and reinforced. Its approaches
were guarded, and its architecture was shaped for defense. Just the type of
dwelling, Mallow thought sourly, for Asper, the Well-Beloved.

A young girl was before them. She bent low to the Commdor, who said, "This
is one of the Commdora's girls. Will she do?"

"Perfectly!"

The Commdor watched carefully while Mallow snapped the chain about the
girl's waist, and stepped back.

The Commdor snuffled, "Well. Is that all?"

"Will you draw the curtain, Commdor. Young lady, there's a little knob just
near the snap. Will you move it upward, please? Go ahead, it won't hurt
you."

The girl did so, drew a sharp breath, looked at her hands, and gasped,
"Oh!"

From her waist as a source she was drowned in a pale, streaming
luminescence of shifting color that drew itself over her head in a flashing
coronet of liquid fire. It was as if someone had tom the aurora borealis
out of the sky and molded it into a cloak.

The girl stepped to the mirror and stared, fascinated.

"Here, take this." Mallow handed her a necklace of dull pebbles. "Put it
around your neck."

The girl did so, and each pebble, as it entered the luminescent field
became an individual flame that leaped and sparkled in crimson and gold.

"What do you think of it?" Mallow asked her. The girl didn't answer but
there was adoration in her eyes. The Commdor gestured and reluctantly, she
pushed the knob down, and the glory died. She left with a memory.

"It's yours, Commdor," said Mallow, "for the Commdora. Consider it a small
gift from the Foundation."

"Hm-m-m.' The Commdor turned the belt and necklace over in his hand as
though calculating the weight. "How is it done?"

Mallow shrugged, "That's a question for our technical experts. But it will
work for you without mark you, without priestly help."

"Well, it's only feminine frippery after all. What could you do with it?
Where would the money come in?"

"You have balls, receptions, banquets that sort of thing?"

"Oh, yes."

"Do you realize what women will pay for that sort of jewelry? Ten thousand
credits, at least."

The Commdor seemed struck in a heap, "Ah!"

"And since the power unit of this particular item will not last longer than
six months, there will be the necessity of frequent replacements. Now we
can sell as many of these as you want for the equivalent in wrought iron of
one thousand credits. There's nine hundred percent profit for you."

The Commdor plucked at his beard and seemed engaged in awesome mental
calculations, "Galaxy, how they would fight for them. I'll keep the supply
small and let them bid. Of course, it wouldn't do to let them know that I
personally

Mallow said, "We can explain the workings of dummy corporations, if you
would like. hen, working further at random, take our complete line of
household gadgets. We have collapsible stoves that will roast the toughest
meats to the desired tenderness in two minutes. We've got knives that won't
require sharpening. We've got the equivalent of a complete laundry that can
be packed in a small closet and will work entirely automatically. Ditto
dish-washers. Ditto-ditto floor-scrubbers, furniture polishers,
dust-precipitators, lighting fixtures oh, anything you like. Think of
your increased popularity, if you make them available to the public. Think
of your increased quantity of, uh, worldly goods, if they're available as a
government monopoly at nine hundred percent profit. It will be worth many
times the money to them, and they needn't know what you pay for it. And,
mind you, none of it will require priestly supervision. Everybody will be
happy."

"Except you, it seems. What do you get out of it?"

"Just what every trader gets by Foundation law. My men and I will collect
half of whatever profits we take in. Just you buy all I want to sell you,
and we'll both make out quite well. Quite well."

The Commdor was enjoying his thoughts, "What did you say you wanted to be
paid with? Iron?"

"That, and coal, and bauxite. Also tobacco, pepper, magnesium, hardwood.
Nothing you haven't got enough of."

"It sounds well."

"I think so. Oh, and still another item at random, Commdor. I could retool
your factories."

"Eh? How's that?"

"Well, take your steel foundries. I have handy little gadgets that could do
tricks with steel that would cut production costs to one percent of
previous marks. You could cut prices by half, and still split extremely fat
profits with the manufacturers. I tell you, I could show you exactly what I
mean, if you allowed me a demonstration. Do you have a steel foundry in
this city? It wouldn't take long."

"It could be arranged, Trader Mallow. But tomorrow, tomorrow. Would you
dine with us tonight?"

"My men began Mallow.

"Let them all come," said the Commdor, expansively. "A symbolic friendly
union of our nations. It will give us a chance for further friendly
discussion. But one thing," his face lengthened and grew stem, "none of
your religion. Don't think that all this is an entering wedge for the
missionaries."

"Commdor," said Mallow, dryly, "I give you my word that religion would cut
my profits."

"Then that will do for now. You'll be escorted back to your ship."



6.

The Commdora was much younger than her husband. Her face was pale and
coldly formed and her black hair was drawn smoothly and tightly back.

Her voice was tart. "You are quite finished, my gracious and noble husband?
Quite, quite finished? I suppose I may even enter the garden if I wish,
now."

"There is no need for dramatics, Licia, my dear," said the Commdor, mildly.
"The young man will attend at dinner tonight, and you can speak with him
all you wish and even amuse yourself by listening to all I say. Room will
have to be arranged for his men somewhere about the place. The stars grant
that they be few in numbers."

"Most likely they'll be great hogs of eaters who will eat meat by the
quarter-animal and wine by the hogshead. And you will groan for two nights
when you calculate the expense."

"Well now, perhaps I won't. Despite your opinion, the dinner is to be on
the most lavish scale."

"Oh, I see." She stared at him contemptuously. "You are very friendly with
these barbarians. Perhaps that is why I was not to be permitted to attend
your conversation. Perhaps your little weazened soul is plotting to turn
against my father."

"Not at all."

"Yes, I'd be likely to believe you, wouldn't I? If ever a poor woman was
sacrificed for policy to an unsavory marriage, it was myself. I could have
picked a more proper man from the alleys and mudheaps of my native world."

"Well, now, I'll tell you what, my lady. Perhaps you would enjoy returning
to your native world. Except that, to retain as a souvenir that portion of
you with which I am best acquainted, I could have your tongue cut out
first. And," he tolled his head, calculatingly, to one side, "as a final
improving touch to your beauty, your ears and the tip of your nose as
well."

"You wouldn't dare, you little pug-dog. My father would pulverize your toy
nation to meteoric dust. In fact, he might do it in any case, if I told him
you were treating with these barbarians."

"Hm-m-m. Well, there's no need for threats. You are free to question the
man yourself tonight. Meanwhile, madam, keep your wagging tongue still."

"At your orders?"

"Here, take this, then, and keep still."

The band was about her waist and the necklace around her neck. He pushed
the knob himself and stepped back.

The Commdora drew in her breath and held out her hands stiffly. She
fingered the necklace gingerly, and gasped again.

The Commdor rubbed his hands with satisfaction and said, "You may wear it
tonight and I'll get you more. Now keep still."

The Commdora kept still.



7.

Jaim Twer fidgeted and shuffled his feet. He said, "What's twisting your
face?"

Hober Mallow lifted out of his brooding, "Is my face twisted? It's not
meant so."

"Something must have happened yesterday, mean, besides that feast." With
sudden conviction, "Mallow, there's trouble, isn't there?"

"Trouble? No. Quite the opposite. In fact, I'm in the position of throwing
my full weight against a door and finding it ajar at the time. We're
getting into this steel foundry too easily."

"You suspect a trap?"

"Oh, for Seldon's sake, don't be melodramatic." Mallow swallowed his
impatience and added conversationally, "It's just that the easy entrance
means there will be nothing to see.

"Nuclear power, huh?" Twer ruminated. "I'll tell you. There's just about no
evidence of any nuclear power economy here in Korell. And it would be
pretty hard to mask all signs of the widespread effects a fundamental
technology such as nucleics would have on everything."

"Not if it was just starting up, Twer, and being applied to a war economy.
You'd find it in the shipyards and the steel foundries only."

"So if we don't find it, then

"Then they haven't got it or they're not showing it. Toss a coin or take
a guess."

Twer shook his head, "I wish I'd been with you yesterday."

"I wish you had, too," said Mallow stonily. "I have no objection to moral
support. Unfortunately, it was the Commdor who set the terms of the
meeting, and not myself. And what is coming now would seem to be the royal
groundcar to escort us to the foundry. Have you got the gadgets?"

"All of them."



8.

The foundry was large, and bore the odor of decay which no amount of
superficial repairs could quite erase. It was empty now and in quite an
unnatural state of quiet, as it played unaccustomed host to the Commdor and
his court.

Mallow had swung the steel sheet onto the two supports with a careless
heave. He had taken the instrument held out to him by Twer and was gripping
the leather handle inside its leaden sheath.

"The instrument," he said, "is dangerous, but so is a buzz saw. You just
have to keep your fingers away."

And as he spoke, he drew the muzzle-slit swiftly down the length of the
steel sheet, which quietly and instantly fell in two.

There was a unanimous jump, and Mallow laughed. He picked up one of the
halves and propped it against his knee, "You can adjust the cutting-length
accurately to a hundredth of an inch, and a two-inch sheet will slit down
the middle as easily as this thing did. If you've got the thickness exactly
judged, you can place steel on a wooden table, and split the metal without
scratching the wood."

And at each phrase, the nuclear shear moved and a gouged chunk of steel
flew across the room.

"That," he said, "is whittling with steel."

He passed back the shear. "Or else you have the plane. Do you want to
decrease the thickness of a sheet, smooth out an irregularity, remove
corrosion? Watch!"

Thin, transparent foil flew off the other half of the original sheet in
six-inch swarths, then eight-inch, then twelve.

"Or drills? It's all the same principle."

They were crowded around now. It might have been a sleight-of-hand show, a
comer magician, a vaudeville act made into high-pressure salesmanship.
Commdor Asper fingered scraps of steel. High officials of the government
tiptoed over each other's shoulders, and whispered, while Mallow punched
clean, beautiful round holes through an inch of hard steel at every touch
of his nuclear drill.

"Just one more demonstration. Bring two short lengths of pipe, somebody."

An Honorable Chamberlain of something-or-other sprang to obedience in the
general excitement and thought-absorption, and stained his hands like any
laborer.

Mallow stood them upright and shaved the ends off with a single stroke of
the shear, and then joined the pipes, fresh cut to fresh cut.

And there was a single pipe! The new ends, with even atomic irregularities
missing, formed one piece upon joining.

Then Mallow looked up at his audience, stumbled at his first word and
stopped. There was the keen stirring of excitement in his chest, and the
base of his stomach went tingly and cold.

The Commdor's own bodyguard, in the confusion, had struggled to the front
line, and Mallow, for the first time, was near enough to see their
unfamiliar hand-weapons in detail.

They were nuclear! There was no mistaking it; an explosive projectile
weapon with a barrel like that was impossible. But that wasn't the big
point. That wasn't the point at all.

The butts of those weapons had, deeply etched upon them, in worn gold
plating, the Spaceship-and-Sun!

The same Spaceship-and-Sun that was stamped on every. one of the great
volumes of the original Encyclopedia that the Foundation had begun and not
yet finished. The same Spaceship-and-Sun that had blazoned the banner of
the Galactic Empire through millennia.

Mallow talked through and around his thoughts, "Test that pipe! It's one
piece. Not perfect; naturally, the joining shouldn't be done by hand."

There was no need of further legerdemain. It had gone over. Mallow was
through. He had what he wanted. There was only one thing in his mind. The
golden globe with its conventionalized rays, and the oblique cigar shape
that was a space vessel.

The Spaceship-and-Sun of the Empire!

The Empire! The words drilled! A century and a half had passed but there
was still the-Empire, somewhere deeper in the Galaxy. And it was emerging
again, out into the Periphery.

Mallow smiled!



9.

The Far Star was two days out in space, when Hober Mallow, in his private
quarters with Senior Lieutenant Drawt, handed him an envelope, a roll of
microfilm, and a silvery spheroid.

"As of an hour from now, Lieutenant, you're Acting Captain of the Far Star,
until I return, r forever."

Drawt made a motion of standing but Mallow waved him down imperiously.

"Quiet, and listen. The envelope contains the exact location of the planet
to which you're to proceed. There you will wait for me for two months. If,
before the two months are up, the Foundation locates you, the microfilm is
my report of the trip.

"If, however," and his voice was somber, "I do not return at the end of two
months, and Foundation vessels do not locate you, proceed to the planet,
Terminus, and hand in the Time Capsule as the report. Do you understand
that?"

"Yes, sir."

"At no time are you, or any of the men, to amplify in any single instance,
my official report."

"If we are questioned, sir?"

"Then you know nothing."

"Yes, sir."

The interview ended, and fifty minutes later, a lifeboat kicked lightly off
the side of the Far Star.



10.

Onum Barr was an old man, too old to be afraid. Since the last
disturbances, he had lived alone on the fringes of the land with what books
he had saved from the ruins. He had nothing he feared losing, least of all
the worn remnant of his life, and so he faced the intruder without
cringing.

"Your door was open," the stranger explained.

His accent was clipped and harsh, and Barr did not fail to notice the
strange blue-steel hand-weapon at his hip. In the half gloom of the small
room, Barr saw the glow of a force-shield surrounding the man.

He said, wearily, "There is no reason to keep it closed. Do you wish
anything of me?"

"Yes." The stranger remained standing in the center of the room. He was
large, both in height and bulk. "Yours is the only house about here."

"It is a desolate place," agreed Barr, "but there is a town to the east. I
can show you the way'."

"In a while. May I sit?"

"If the chairs will hold you," said the old man, gravely. They were old,
too. Relics of a better youth.

The stranger said, "My name is Hober Mallow. I come from a far province."

Barr nodded and smiled, "Your tongue convicted you of that long ago. I am
Onum Barr of Siwenna and once Patrician of the Empire."

"Then this is Siwenna. I had only old maps to guide me."

"They would have to be old, indeed, for star-positions to be misplaced."

Barr sat quite still, while the other's eyes drifted away into a reverie.
He noticed that the nuclear force-shield had vanished from about the man
and admitted dryly to himself that his person no longer seemed formidable
to strangers or even, for good or for evil, to his enemies.

He said, "My house is poor and my resources few. You may share what I have
if your stomach can endure black bread and dried corn."

Mallow shook his head, "No, I have eaten, and I can't stay. All I need are
the directions to the center of government."

"That is easily enough done, and poor though I am, deprives me of nothing.
Do you mean the capital of the planet, or of the Imperial Sector?"

The younger man's eyes narrowed, "Aren't the two identical? Isn't this
Siwenna?"

The old patrician nodded slowly, "Siwenna, yes. But Siwenna is no longer
capital of the Normannic Sector. Your old map has misled you after all. The
stars may not change even in centuries, but political boundaries are all
too fluid."

"That's too bad. In fact, that's very bad. Is the new capital far off?"

"It's on Orsha II. Twenty parsecs off. Your map will direct you. How old is
it?"

"A hundred and fifty years."

"That old?" The old man sighed. "History has been crowded since. Do you
know any of it?"

Mallow shook his bead slowly.

Barr said, "You're fortunate. It has been an evil time for the provinces,
but for the reign of Stannell VI, and he died fifty years ago. Since that
time, rebellion and ruin, ruin and rebellion." Barr wondered if he were
growing garrulous. It was a lonely life out here, and he had so little
chance to talk to men.

Mallow said with sudden sharpness, "Ruin, eh? You sound as if the province
were impoverished."

"Perhaps not on an absolute scale. The physical resources of twenty-five
first-rank planets take a long time to use up. Compared to the wealth of
the last century, though, we have gone a long way downhill and there is
no sign of turning, not yet. Why are you so interested in all this, young
man? You are all alive and your eyes shine!"

The trader came near enough to blushing, as the faded eyes seemed to look
too deep into his and smile at what they saw.

He said, "Now look here. I'm a trader out there out toward the rim of the
Galaxy. I've located some old maps, and I'm out to open new markets.
Naturally, talk of impoverished provinces disturbs me. You can't get money
out of a world unless money's there to be got. Now how's Siwenna, for
instance?"

The old man leaned forward, "I cannot say. It will do even yet, perhaps.
But you a trader? You look more like a fighting man. You hold your hand
near your gun and there is a scar on your jawbone."

Mallow jerked his head, "There isn't much law out there where I come from.
Fighting and scars are part of a trader's overhead. But fighting is only
useful when there's money at the end, and if I can get it without, so much
the sweeter. Now will I find enough money here to make it worth the
fighting? I take it I can find the fighting easily enough."

"Easily enough," agreed Barr. "You could join Wiscard's remnants in the Red
Stars. I don't know, though, if you'd call that fighting or piracy. Or you
could join our present gracious viceroy gracious by right of murder,
pillage, rapine, and the word of a boy Emperor, since rightfully
assassinated." The patrician's thin cheeks reddened. His eyes closed and
then opened, bird-bright.

"You don't sound very friendly to the viceroy, Patrician Barr," said
Mallow. "What if I'm one of his spies?"

"What if you are?" said Barr, bitterly. "What can you take?" He gestured a
withered arm at the bare interior of the decaying mansion.

"Your life."

"It would leave me easily enough. It has been with me five years too long.
But you are not one of the viceroy's men. If you were, perhaps even now
instinctive self-preservation would keep my mouth closed."

"How do you know?"

The old man laughed, "You seem suspicious Come, I'll wager you think I'm
trying to trap you into denouncing the government. No, no. I am past
politics."

"Past politics? Is a man ever past that? The words you used to describe the
viceroy what were they? Murder, pillage, all that. You didn't sound
objective. Not exactly. Not as if you were past politics."

The old man shrugged, "Memories sting when they come suddenly. Listen!
Judge for yourself! When Siwenna was the provincial capital, I was a
patrician and a member of the provincial senate. My family was an old and
honored one. One of my great-grandfathers had beenNo, never mind that.
Past glories are poor feeding."

"I take it," said Mallow, "there was a civil war, or a revolution."

Barr's face darkened. "Civil wars are chronic in these degenerate days, but
Siwenna had kept apart. Under Stannell VI, it had almost achieved its
ancient prosperity. But weak emperors followed, and weak emperors mean
strong viceroys, and our last viceroy the same Wiscard, whose remnants
still prey on the commerce among the Red Stars aimed at the Imperial
Purple. He wasn't the first to aim. And if he had succeeded, he wouldn't
have been the first to succeed.

"But he failed. For when the Emperor's Admiral approached the province at
the head of a fleet, Siwenna itself rebelled against its rebel viceroy." He
stopped, sadly.

Mallow found himself tense on the edge of his seat, and relaxed slowly,
"Please continue, sir."

"Thank you," said Barr, wearily. "It's kind of you to humor an old man.
They rebelled; or I should say, we rebelled, for I was one of the minor
leaders. Wiscard left Siwenna, barely ahead of us, and the planet, and with
it the province, were thrown open to the admiral with every gesture of
loyalty to the Emperor. Why we did this, 'm not sure. Maybe we felt loyal
to the symbol, if not the person, of the Emperor, cruel and vicious
child. Maybe we feared the horrors of a siege."

"Well?" urged Mallow, gently.

"Well, came the grim retort, "that didn't suit the admiral. He wanted the
glory of conquering a rebellious province and his men wanted the loot such
conquest would involve. So while the people were still gathered in every
large city, cheering the Emperor and his admiral, he occupied all armed
centers, and then ordered the population put to the nuclear blast."

"On what pretext?"

"On the pretext that they had rebelled against their viceroy, the Emperor's
anointed. And the admiral became the new viceroy, by virtue of one month of
massacre, pillage and complete horror. I had six sons. Five died variously. I had a daughter. I hope she died, eventually. I escaped because
I was old. I came here, too old to cause even our viceroy worry." He bent
his gray head, "They left me nothing, because I had helped drive out a
rebellious governor and deprived an admiral of his glory."

Mallow sat silent, and waited. Then, "What of your sixth son?" he asked
softly.

"Eh?" Barr smiled acidly. "He is safe, for he has joined the admiral as a
common soldier under an assumed name. He is a gunner in the viceroy's
personal fleet. Oh, no, I see your eyes. He is not an unnatural son. He
visits me when he can and gives me what he can. He keeps me alive. And some
day, our great and glorious viceroy will grovel to his death, and it will
be my son who will be his executioner."

"And you tell this to a stranger? You endanger your son."

"No. I help him, by introducing a new enemy. And were I a friend of the
viceroy, as I am his enemy, I would tell him to string outer space with
ships, clear to the rim of the Galaxy."

"There are no ships there?"

"Did you find any? Did any space-guards question your entry? With ships few
enough, and the bordering provinces filled with their share of intrigue and
iniquity, none can be spared to guard the barbarian outer suns. No danger
ever threatened us from the broken edge of the Galaxy, ntil you came."

"I? I'm no danger."

"There will be more after you."

Mallow shook his head slowly, "I'm not sure I understand you."

"Listen!" There was a feverish edge to the old man's voice. "I knew you
when you entered. You have a force-shield about your body, or had when I
first saw you."

Doubtful silence, then, "Yes, had."

"Good. That was a flaw, but you didn't know that. There are some things I
know. It's out of fashion in these decaying times to be a scholar. Events
race and flash past and who cannot fight the tide with nuclear-blast in
hand is swept away, as I was. But I was a scholar, and I know that in all
the history of nucleics, no portable force-shield was ever invented. We
have force-shields huge, lumbering powerhouses that will protect a city,
or even a ship, but not one, single man."

"Ah?" Mallow's underlip thrust out. "And what do you deduce from that?"

"There have been stories percolating through space. They travel strange
paths and become distorted with every parsec, ut when I was young there
was a small ship of strange men, who did not know our customs and could not
tell where they came from. They talked of magicians at the edge of the
Galaxy; magicians who glowed in the darkness, who flew unaided through the
air, and whom weapons would not touch.

"We laughed. I laughed, too. I forgot it till today. But you glow in the
darkness, and I don't think my blaster, if I had one, would hurt you. Tell
me, can you fly through air as you sit there now?"

Mallow said calmly, "I can make nothing of all this."

Barr smiled, "I'm content with the answer. I do not examine my guests. But
if there are magicians; if you are one of them; there may some day be a
great influx of them, or you. Perhaps that would be well. Maybe we need new
blood." He muttered soundlessly to himself, then, slowly, "But it works the
other way, too. Our new viceroy also dreams, as did our old Wiscard."

"Also after the Emperor's crown?"

Barr nodded, "My son hears tales. In the viceroy's personal entourage, one
could scarcely help it. And he tells me of them. Our new viceroy would not
refuse the Crown if offered, but he guards his line of retreat. There are
stories that, failing Imperial heights, he plans to carve out a new Empire
in the Barbarian hinterland. It is said, but I don't vouch for this, that
he has already given one of his daughters as wife to a Kinglet somewhere in
the uncharted Periphery."

"If one listened to every story

"I know. There are many more. I'm old and I babble nonsense. But what do
you say?" And those sharp, old eyes peered deep.

The trader considered, "I say nothing. But I'd like to ask something. Does
Siwenna have nuclear power? Now, wait, I know that it possesses the
knowledge of nucleics. I mean, do they have power generators intact, or did
the recent sack destroy them?"

"Destroy them? Oh, no. Half a planet would be wiped out before the smallest
power station would be touched. They are irreplaceable and the suppliers of
the strength of the fleet." Almost proudly, "We have the largest and best
on this side of Trantor itself."

"Then what would I do first if I wanted to see these generators?"

"Nothing!" replied Barr, decisively. "You couldn't approach any military
center without being shot down instantly. Neither could anyone. Siwenna is
still deprived of civic rights."

"You mean all the power stations are under the military?"

"No. There are the small city stations, the ones supplying power for
heating and lighting homes, powering vehicles and so forth. Those are
almost as bad. They're controlled by the tech-men."

"Who are they?"

"A specialized group which supervises the power plants. The honor is
hereditary, the young ones being brought up in the profession as
apprentices. Strict sense of duty, honor, and all that. No one but a
tech-man could enter a station."

"I see."

"I don't say, though," added Barr, "that there aren't cases where tech-men
haven't been bribed. In days when we have nine emperors in fifty years and
seven of these are assassinated, hen every space-captain aspires to the
usurpation of a viceroyship, and every viceroy to the Imperium,

I suppose even a tech-man can fall prey to money. But it would require a
good deal, and I have none. Have you?"

"Money? No. But does one always bribe with money?"

"What else, when money buys all else."

"There is quite enough that money won't buy. And now if you'll tell me the
nearest city with one of the stations, and how best to get there, I'll
thank you."

"Wait!" Barr held out his thin hands. "Where do you rush? You come here,
but I ask no questions. In the city, where the inhabitants are still called
rebels, you would be challenged by the first soldier or guard who heard
your accent and saw your clothes."

He rose and from an obscure comer of an old chest brought out a booklet.
"My passport, orged. I escaped with it."

He placed it in Mallow's hand and folded the fingers over it. "The
description doesn't fit, but if you flourish it, the chances are many to
one they will not look closely."

"But you. You'll be left without one."

The old exile shrugged cynically, "What of it? And a further caution. Curb
your tongue! Your accent is barbarous, your idioms peculiar, and every once
in a while you deliver yourself of the most astounding archaisms. The less
you speak, the less suspicion you will draw upon yourself. Now I'll tell
you how to get to the city

Five minutes later, Mallow was gone.

He returned but once, for a moment, to the old patrician's house, before
leaving it entirely, however. And when Onum Barr stepped into his little
garden early the next morning, he found a box at his feet. It contained
provisions, concentrated provisions such as one would find aboard ship, and
alien in taste and preparation.

But they were good, and lasted long.



11.

The tech-man was short, and his skin glistened with well-kept plumpness.
His hair was a fringe and his skull shone through pinkly. The rings on his
fingers were thick and heavy, his clothes were scented, and he was the
first man Mallow had met on the planet who hadn't looked hungry.

The tech-man's lips pursed peevishly, "Now, my man, quickly. I have things
of great importance waiting for me. You seem a stranger He seemed to
evaluate Mallow's definitely un-Siwennese costume and his eyelids were
heavy with suspicion.

"I am not of the neighborhood," said Mallow, calmly, "but the matter is
irrelevant. I have had the honor to send you a little gift yesterday

The tech-man's nose lifted, "I received it. An interesting gewgaw. I may
have use for it on occasion."

"I have other and more interesting gifts. Quite out of the gewgaw stage."

"Oh-h?" The tech-man's voice lingered thoughtfully over the monosyllable.
"I think I already see the course of the interview; it has happened before.
You are going to give me some trifle or other. A few credits, perhaps a
cloak, second-rate jewelry; anything your little soul may think sufficient
to corrupt a tech-man." His lower lip puffed out belligerently, "And I know
what you wish in exchange. There have been others and to spare with the
same bright idea. You wish to be adopted into our clan. You wish to be
taught the mysteries of nucleics and the care of the machines. You think
because you dogs of Siwenna and probably your strangerhood is assumed for
safety's sake are being daily punished for your rebellion that you can
escape what you deserve by throwing over yourselves the privileges and
protections of the tech-man's guild."

Mallow would have spoken, but the tech-man raised himself into a sudden
roar. "And now leave before I report your name to the Protector of the
City. Do you think that I would betray the trust? The Siwennese traitors
that preceded me would have perhaps! But you deal with a different breed
now. Why, Galaxy, I marvel that I do not kill you myself at this moment
with my bare hands."

Mallow smiled to himself. The entire speech was patently artificial in tone
and content, so that all the dignified indignation degenerated into
uninspired farce.

The trader glanced humorously at the two flabby hands that had been named
as his possible executioners then and there, and said, "Your Wisdom, you
are wrong on three counts. First, I am not a creature of the viceroy come
to test your loyalty. Second, my gift is something the Emperor himself in
all his splendor does not and will never possess. Third, what I wish in
return is very little; a nothing; a mere breath."

"So you say!" He descended into heavy sarcasm. "Come, what is this imperial
donation that your godlike power wishes to bestow upon me? Something the
Emperor doesn't have, eh?" He broke into a sharp squawk of derision.

Mallow rose and pushed the chair aside, "I have waited three days to see
you, Your Wisdom, but the display will take only three seconds. If you will
just draw that blaster whose butt I see very near your hand

"Eh?"

"And shoot me, I will be obliged."

"What?"

"If I am killed, you can tell the police I tried to bribe you into
betraying guild secrets. You'll receive high praise. If I am not killed,
you may have my shield."

For the first time, the tech-man became aware of the dimly-white
illumination that hovered closely about his visitor, as though he had been
dipped in pearl-dust. His blaster raised to the level and with eyes
a-squint in wonder and suspicion, he closed contact.

The molecules of air caught in the sudden surge of atomic disruption, tore
into glowing, burning ions, and marked out the blinding thin line that
struck at Mallow's heart and splashed!

While Mallow's look of patience never changed, the nuclear forces that tore
at him consumed themselves against that fragile, pearly illumination, and
crashed back to die in mid-air.

The tech-man's blaster dropped to the floor with an unnoticed crash.

Mallow said, "Does the Emperor have a personal force-shield? You can have
one."

The tech-man stuttered, "Are you a tech-man?"

"No."

"Then then where did you get that?"

"What do you care?" Mallow was coolly contemptuous. "Do you want it?" A
thin, knobbed chain fell upon the desk, "There it is."

The tech-man snatched it up and fingered it nervously, "Is this complete?"

"Complete."

"Where's the power?"

Mallow's finger fell upon the largest knob, dull in its leaden case.

The tech-man looked up, and his face was congested with blood, "Sir, I am a
tech-man, senior grade. I have twenty years behind me as supervisor and I
studied under the great Bier at the University of Trantor. If you have the
infernal charlatanry to tell me that a small container the size of a of a
walnut, blast it, holds a nuclear generator, I'll have you before the
Protector in three seconds."

"Explain it yourself then, if you can. I say it's complete."

The tech-man's flush faded slowly as he bound the chain about his waist,
and, following Mallow's gesture, pushed the knob. The radiance that
surrounded him shone into dim relief. His blaster lifted, then hesitated.
Slowly, he adjusted it to an almost burnless minimum.

And then, convulsively, he closed circuit and the nuclear fire dashed
against his hand, harmlessly.

.He whirled, "And what if I shoot you now, and keep the shield."

"Try!" said Mallow. "Do you think I gave you my only sample?" And he, too,
was solidly incased in light.

The tech-man giggled nervously. The blaster clattered onto the desk. He
said, "And what is this mere nothing, this breath, that you wish in
return'?"

"I want to see your generators."

"You realize that that is forbidden. It would mean ejection into space for
both of us

"I don't want to touch them or have anything to do with them. I want to see
them from a distance."

"If not?"

"If not, you have your shield, but I have other things. For one thing, a
blaster especially designed to pierce that shield."

"Hm-m-m." The tech-man's eyes shifted. "Come with me."



12.

The tech-man's home was a small two-story affair on the Outskirts of the
huge, cubiform, windowless affair that dominated the center of the city.
Mallow passed from one to the other through an underground passage, and
found himself in the silent, ozone-tinged atmosphere of the powerhouse.

For fifteen minutes, he followed his guide and said nothing. His eyes
missed nothing. His fingers touched nothing. And then, the tech-man said in
strangled tones, "Have you had enough? I couldn't trust my underlings in
this case."

"Could you ever?" asked Mallow, ironically. "I've had enough."

They were back in the office and Mallow said, thoughtfully, "And all those
generators are in your hands?"

"Every one," said the tech-man, with more than a touch of complacency.

"And you keep them running and in order?"

"Right!"

"And if they break down?"

The tech-man shook his head indignantly, "They don't break down. They never
break down. They were built for eternity."

"Eternity is a long time. Just suppose

"It is unscientific to suppose meaningless cases."

"All right. Suppose I were to blast a vital part into nothingness? I
suppose the machines aren't immune to nuclear forces? Suppose I fuse a
vital connection, or smash a quartz D-tube?"

"Well, then," shouted the tech-man, furiously, "you would be killed."

"Yes, I know that," Mallow was shouting, too, "but what about the
generator? Could you repair it?"

"Sir," the tech-man howled his words, "you have had a fair return. You've
had what you asked for. Now get out! I owe you nothing more!"

Mallow bowed with a satiric respect and left.

Two days later he was back where the Far Star waited to return with him to
the planet, Terminus.

And two days later, the tech-man's shield went dead, and for all his
puzzling and cursing never glowed again.



13.

Mallow relaxed for almost the first time in six months. He was on his back
in the sunroom of his new house, stripped to the skin. His great, brown
arms were thrown up and out, and the muscles tautened into a stretch, then
faded into repose.

The man beside him placed a cigar between Mallow's teeth and lit it. He
champed on one of his own and said, "You must be overworked. Maybe you need
a long rest."

"Maybe I do, Jael, but I'd rather rest in a council seat. Because I'm going
to have that seat, and you're going to help me."

Ankor Jael raised his eyebrows and said, "How did I get into this?"

"You got in obviously. Firstly, you're an old dog of a politico. Secondly,
you were booted out of your cabinet seat by Jorane Sutt, the same fellow
who'd rather lose an eyeball than see me in the council. You don't think
much of my chances, do you?"

"Not much," agreed the ex-Minister of Education. "You're a Smyrnian."

"That's no legal bar. I've had a lay education."

"Well, come now. Since when does prejudice follow any law but its own. Now,
how about your own man this Jaim Twer? What does he say?"

"He spoke about running me for council almost a year ago," replied Mallow
easily, "but I've outgrown him. He couldn't have pulled it off in any case.
Not enough depth. He's loud and forceful but that's only an expression of
nuisance value. I'm off to put over a real coup. I need you. "

"Jorane Sutt is the cleverest politician on the planet and he'll be against
you. I don't claim to be able to outsmart him. And don't think he doesn't
fight hard, and dirty."

"I've got money."

"Mat helps. But it takes a lot to buy off prejudice, you dirty Smyrnian."

"I'll have a lot."

"Well, I'll look into the matter. But don't ever you crawl up on your hind
legs and bleat that I encouraged you in the matter. Who's that?"

Mallow pulled the corners of his mouth down, and said, "Jorane Sutt
himself, I think. He's early, and I can understand it. Ie been dodging
him for a month. Look, Jael, get into the next room, and turn the speaker
on low. I want you to listen."

He helped the council member out of the room with a shove of his bare foot,
then scrambled up and into a silk robe. The synthetic sunlight faded to
normal power.

The secretary to the mayor entered stiffly, while the solemn major-domo
tiptoed the door shut behind him.

Mallow fastened his belt and said, "Take your choice of chairs, Sutt."

Sutt barely cracked a flickering smile. The chair he chose was comfortable
but he did not relax into it. From its edge, he said, "If you'll state your
terms to begin with, we'll get down to business."

"What terms?"

"You wish to be coaxed? Well, then, what, for instance, did you do at
Korell? Your report was incomplete."

"I gave it to you months ago. You were satisfied then."

Yes," Sutt rubbed his forehead thoughtfully with one finger, "but since
then your activities have been significant. We know a good deal of what
you're doing, Mallow. We know, exactly, how many factories you're putting
up; in what a hurry you're doing it; and how much it's costing you. And
there's this palace you have," he gazed about him with a cold lack of
appreciation, "which set you back considerably more than my annual salary;
and a swathe you've been cutting a very considerable and expensive swathe
through the upper layers of Foundation society."

"So? Beyond proving that you employ capable spies, what does it show?"

"It shows you have money you didn't have a year ago. And that can show
anything for instance, that a good deal went on at Korell that we know
nothing of. Where are you getting your money?"

"My dear Sutt, you can't really expect me to tell you."

"I don't."

"I didn't think you did. That's why I'm going to tell you. It's straight
from the treasure-chests of the Commdor of Korell."

Sutt blinked.

Mallow smiled and continued. "Unfortunately for you, the money is quite
legitimate. I'm a Master Trader and the money I received was a quantity of
wrought iron and chromite in exchange for a number of trinkets I was able
to supply him with. Fifty per cent of the profit is mine by hidebound
contract with the Foundation. The other half goes to the government at the
end of the year when all good citizens pay their income tax."

"There was no mention of any trade agreement in your report."

"Nor was there any mention of what I had for breakfast that day, or the
name of my current mistress, or any other irrelevant detail." Mallow's
smile was fading into a sneer. "I was sent to quote yourself to keep my
eyes open. They were never. shut. You wanted to find out what happened to
the captured Foundation merchant ships. I never saw or heard of them. You
wanted to find out if Korell had nuclear power. My report tells of nuclear
blasters in the possession of the Commdor's private bodyguard. I saw no
other signs. And the blasters I did see are relics of the old Empire, and
may be show-pieces that do not work, for all my knowledge.

"So far, I followed orders, but beyond that I was, and. still am, a free
agent. According to the laws of the Foundation, a Master Trader may open
whatever new markets he can, and receive therefrom his due half of the
profits. What are your objections? I don't see them."

Sutt bent his eyes carefully towards the wall and spoke with a difficult
lack of anger, "It is the general custom of all traders to advance the
religion with their trade."

"I adhere to law, and not to custom."

"There are times when custom can be the higher law."

"Then appeal to the courts."

Sutt raised somber eyes which seemed to retreat into their sockets. "You're
a Smyrnian after all. It seems naturalization and education can't wipe out
the taint in the blood. Listen, and try to understand, just the same.

"This goes beyond money, or markets. We have the science of the great Hari
Seldon to prove that upon us depends the future empire of the Galaxy, and
from the course that leads to that Imperium we cannot turn. The religion we
have is our all-important instrument towards that end. With it we have
brought the Four Kingdoms under our control, even at the moment when they
would have crushed us. It is the most potent device known with which to
control men and worlds.

"The primary reason for the development of trade and traders was to
introduce and spread this religion more quickly, and to insure that the
introduction of new techniques and a new economy would be subject to our
thorough and intimate control."

He paused for breath, and Mallow interjected quietly, "I know the theory. I
understand it entirely."

"Do you? It is more than I expected. Then you see, of course, that your
attempt at trade for its own sake; at mass production of worthless gadgets,
which can only affect a world's economy superficially; at the subversion of
interstellar policy to the god of profits; at the divorce of nuclear power
from our controlling religion can only end with the overthrow and
complete negation of the policy that has worked successfully for a
century."

"And time enough, too," said Mallow, indifferently, "for a policy outdated,
dangerous and impossible. However well your religion has succeeded in the
Four Kingdoms, scarcely another world in the Periphery has accepted it. At
the time we seized control of the Kingdoms, there were a sufficient number
of exiles, Galaxy knows, to spread the story of how Salvor Hardin used the
priesthood and the superstition of the people to overthrow the independence
and power of the secular monarchs. And if that wasn't enough, the case of
Askone two decades back made it plain enough. There isn't a ruler in the
Periphery now that wouldn't sooner cut his own throat than let a priest of
the Foundation enter the territory.

"I don't propose to force Korell or any other world to accept something I
know they don't want. No, Sutt. If nuclear power makes them dangerous, a
sincere friendship through trade will be many times better than an insecure
overlordship, based on the hated supremacy of a foreign spiritual power,
which, once it weakens ever so slightly, can only fall entirely and leave
nothing substantial behind except an immortal fear and hate."

Suit said cynically, "Very nicely put. So, to get back to the original
point of discussion, what are your terms? What do you require to exchange
your ideas for mine?"

"You think my convictions are for sale?"

"Why not?" came the cold response. "Isn't that your business, buying and
selling?"

"Only at a profit," said Mallow, unoffended. "Can you offer me more than
I'm getting as is?"

"You could have three-quarters of your trade profits, rather than half."

Mallow laughed shortly, "A fine offer. The whole of the trade on your terms
would fall far below a tenth share on mine. Try harder than that."

"You could have a council seat."

"I'll have that anyway, without and despite you."

With a sudden movement, Sutt clenched his fist, "You could also save
yourself a prison term. Of twenty years, if I have my way. Count the profit
in that."

"No profit at all, but can you fulfill such a threat?"

"How about a trial for murder?"

"Whose murder?" asked Mallow, contemptuously.

Sutt's voice was harsh now, though no louder than before, "The murder of an
Anacreonian priest, in the service of the Foundation."

"Is that so now? And what's your evidence?"

The secretary to the mayor leaned forward, "Mallow, I'm not bluffing. The
preliminaries are over. I have only to sign one final paper and the case of
the Foundation versus Hober Mallow, Master Trader, is begun. You abandoned
a subject of the Foundation to torture and death at the hands of an alien
mob, Mallow, and you have only five seconds to prevent the punishment due
you. For myself, I'd rather you decided to bluff it out. You'd be safer as
a destroyed enemy, than as a doubtfully-converted friend."

Mallow said solemnly, "You have your wish."

"Good!" and the secretary smiled savagely. "It was the mayor who wished the
preliminary attempt at compromise, not I. Witness that I did not try too
hard."

The door opened before him, and he left.

Mallow looked up as Ankor Jael re-entered the room.

Mallow said, "Did you hear him?"

The politician flopped to the floor. "I never heard him as angry as that,
since I've known the snake."

"All right. What do you make of it?"

"Well, I'll tell you. A foreign policy of domination through spiritual
means is his idee fixe, but it's my notion that his ultimate aims aren't
spiritual. I was fired out of the Cabinet for arguing on the same issue, as
I needn't tell you."

"You needn't. And what are those unspiritual aims according to your
notion?"

Jael grew serious, "Well, he's not stupid, so he must see the bankruptcy of
our religious policy, which has hardly made a single conquest for us in
seventy years. He's obviously using it for purposes of his own.

"Now any dogma primarily based on faith and emotionalism, is a dangerous
weapon to use on others, since it is almost impossible to guarantee that
the weapon will never be turned on the user. For a hundred years now, we've
supported a ritual and mythology that is becoming more and more venerable,
traditional and immovable. In some ways, it isn't under our control any
more."

"In what ways?" demanded Mallow. "Don't stop. I want your thoughts."

"Well, suppose one man, one ambitious man, uses the force of religion
against us, rather than for us."

"You mean Sutt

"You're right. I mean Sutt. Listen, man, if he could mobilize the various
hierarchies on the subject planets against the Foundation in the name of
orthodoxy, what chance would we stand? By planting himself at the head of
the standards of the pious, he could make war on heresy, as represented by
you, for instance, and make himself king eventually. After all, it was
Hardin who said: 'A nuclear blaster is a good weapon, but it can point both
ways.'"

Mallow slapped his bare thigh, "All right, Jael, then get me in that
council, and I'll fight him."

Jael paused, then said significantly, "Maybe not. What was all that about
having a priest lynched? Is isn't true, is it?"

"It's true enough," Mallow said, carelessly.

Jael whistled, "Has he definite proof?"

"He should have." Mallow hesitated, then added, "Jaim Twer was his man from
the beginning, though neither of them knew that I knew that. And Jaim Twer
was an eyewitness."

Jael shook his head. "Uh-uh. That's bad."

"Bad? What's bad about it? That priest was illegally upon the planet by the
Foundation's own laws. He was obviously used by the Korellian government as
a bait, whether involuntary or not. By all the laws of common-sense, I had
no choice but one action and that action was strictly within the law. If
he brings me to trial, he'll do nothing but make a prime fool of himself."

And Jael shook his head again, "No, Mallow, you've missed it. I told you he
played dirty. He's not out to convict you; he knows he can't do that. But
he is out to ruin your standing with the people. You heard what he said.
Custom is higher than law, at times. You could walk out of the trial
scot-free, but if the people think you threw a priest to the dogs, your
popularity is gone.

"They'll admit you did the legal thing, even the sensible thing. But just
the same you'll have been, in their eyes, a cowardly dog, an unfeeling
brute, a hard-hearted monster. And you would never get elected to the
council. You might even lose your rating as Master Trader by having your
citizenship voted away from you. You're not native born, you know. What
more do you think Sutt can want?" Mallow frowned stubbornly, "So!" "My
boy," said Jael. "I'll stand by you, but I can't help. You're on the spot,
ead center."



14.

The council chamber was full in a very literal sense on the fourth day of
the trial of Hober Mallow, Master Trader. The only councilman absent was
feebly cursing the fractured skull that had bedridden him. The galleries
were filled to the aisleways and ceilings with those few of the crowd who
by influence, wealth, or sheer diabolic perseverance had managed to get in.
The rest filled the square outside, in swarming knots about the open-air
trimensional 'visors.

Ankor Jael made his way into the chamber with the near-futile aid and
exertions of the police department, and then through the scarcely smaller
confusion within to Hober Mallow's seat.

Mallow turned with relief, "By Seldon, you cut it thin. Have you got it?"

"Here, take it," said Jael. "It's everything you asked for."

"Good. How are they taking it outside?"

"They're wild clear through." Jael stirred uneasily, "You should never have
allowed public hearings. You could have stopped them."

"I didn't want to."

"There's lynch talk. And Publis Manlio's men on the outer planets

"I wanted to ask you about that, Jael. He's stirring up the Hierarchy
against me, is he?"

" Is he? It's the sweetest setup you ever saw, As Foreign Secretary, he
handles the prosecution in a case of interstellar law. As High Priest and
Primate of the Church, he rouses the fanatic hordes

"Well, forget it. Do you remember that Hardin quotation you threw at me
last month? We'll show them that the nuclear blaster can point both ways."

The mayor was taking his seat now and the council members were rising in
respect.

Mallow whispered, "It's my turn today. Sit here and watch the fun."

The day's proceedings began and fifteen minutes later, Hober Mallow stepped
through a hostile whisper to the empty space before the mayor's bench. A
lone beam of light centered upon him and in the public 'visors of the city,
as well as on the myriads of private 'visors in almost every home of the
Foundation's planets, the lonely giant figure of a man stared out
defiantly.

He began easily and quietly, "To save time, I will admit the truth of every
point made against me by the prosecution. The story of the priest and the
mob as related by them is perfectly accurate in every detail."

There was a stirring in the chamber and a triumphant mass-snarl from the
gallery. He waited patiently for silence.

"However, the picture they presented fell short of completion. I ask the
privilege of supplying the completion in my own fashion. My story may seem
irrelevant at first. I ask your indulgence for that."

Mallow made no reference to the notes before him.

"I begin at the same time as the prosecution did; the day of my meeting
with Jorane Sutt and Jaim Twer. What went on at those meetings you know.
The conversations have been described, and to that description I have
nothing to add except my own thoughts of that day.

"They were suspicious thoughts, for the events of that day were queer.
Consider. Two people, neither of whom I knew more than casually, make
unnatural and somewhat unbelievable propositions to me. One, the secretary
to the mayor, asks me to play the part of intelligence agent to the
government in a highly confidential matter, the nature and importance of
which has already been explained to you. The other, self-styled leader of a
political party, asks me to run for a council seat.

"Naturally I looked for the ulterior motive. Sutt's seemed evident. He
didn't trust me. Perhaps he thought I was selling nuclear power to enemies
and plotting rebellion. And perhaps he was forcing the issue, or thought he
was. In that case, he would need a man of his own near me on my proposed
mission, as a spy. The last thought, however, did not occur to me until
later on, when Jaim Twer came on the scene.

"Consider again: Twer presents himself as a trader, retired into politics,
yet I know of no details of his trading career, although my knowledge of
the field is immense. And further, although Twer boasted of a lay
education, he had never heard of a Seldon crisis."

Hober Mallow waited to let the significance sink in and was rewarded with
the first silence he had yet encountered, as the gallery caught its
collective breath. That was for the inhabitants of Terminus itself. The men
of the Outer Planets could hear only censored versions that would suit the
requirements of religion. They would hear nothing of Seldon crises. But
there would be further strokes they would not miss.

Mallow continued:

"Who here can honestly state that any man with a lay education can possibly
be ignorant of the nature of a Seldon crisis? There is only one type of
education upon the Foundation that excludes all mention of the planned
history of Seldon and deals only with the man himself as a semi-mythical
wizard
"I knew at that instant that Jaim Twer had never been a trader. I knew then
that he was in holy orders and perhaps a full-fledged priest; and,
doubtless, that for the three years he had pretended to head a political
party of the traders, he had been a bought man of Jorane Sutt.

"At the moment, I struck in the dark. I did not know Sun's purposes with
regard to myself, but since he seemed to be feeding me rope liberally, I
handed him a few fathoms of my own. My notion was that Twer was to be with
me on my voyage as unofficial guardian on behalf of Jorane Sutt. Well, if
he didn't get on, I knew well there'd be other devices waiting and those
others I might not catch in time. A known enemy is relatively safe. I
invited Twer to come with me. He accepted.

"That, gentlemen of the council, explains two things. First, it tells you
that Twer is not a friend of mine testifying against me reluctantly and for
conscience' sake, as the prosecution would have you believe. He is a spy,
performing his paid job. Secondly, it explains a certain action of mine on
the occasion of the first appearance of the priest whom I am accused of
having murdered an action as yet unmentioned, because unknown."

Now there was a disturbed whispering in the council. Mallow cleared his
throat theatrically, and continued:

"I hate to describe my feelings when I first heard that we had a refugee
missionary on board. I even hate to remember them. Essentially, they
consisted of wild uncertainty. The event struck me at the moment as a move
by Sutt, and passed beyond my comprehension or calculation. I was at sea and completely.

"There was one thing I could do. I got rid of Twer for five minutes by
sending him after my officers. In his absence, I set up a Visual Record
receiver, so that whatever happened might be preserved for future study.
This was in the hope, the wild but earnest hope, that what confused me at
the time might become plain upon review.

"I have gone over that Visual Record some fifty times since. I have it here
with me now, and will repeat the job a fifty-first time in your presence
right now."

The mayor pounded monotonously for order, as the chamber lost its
equilibrium and the gallery roared. In five million homes on Terminus,
excited observers crowded their receiving sets more closely, and at the
prosecutor's own bench, Jorane Sutt shook his head coldly at the nervous
high priest, while his eyes blazed fixedly on Mallow's face.

The center of the chamber was cleared, and the lights burnt low. Ankor
Jael, from his bench on the left, made the adjustments, and with a
preliminary click, a holographic scene sprang to view; in color, in
three-dimensions, in every attribute of life but life itself.

There was the missionary, confused and battered, standing between the
lieutenant and the sergeant. Mallow's image waited silently, and then men
filed in, Twer bringing up the rear.

The conversation played itself out, word for word. The sergeant was
disciplined, and the missionary was questioned. The mob appeared, their
growl could be heard, and the Revered Jord Parma made his wild appeal.
Mallow drew his gun, and the missionary, as he was dragged away, lifted his
arms in a mad, final curse and a tiny flash of light came and went.

The scene ended, with the officers frozen at the horror of the situation,
while Twer clamped shaking hands over his ears, and Mallow calmly put his
gun away.

The lights were on again; the empty space in the center of the floor was no
longer even apparently full. Mallow, the real Mallow of the present, took
up the burden of his narration:

"The incident, you see, is exactly as the prosecution has presented it on
the surface. I'll explain that shortly. Jaim Twer's emotions through the
whole business shows clearly a priestly education, by the way.

"It was on that same day that I pointed out certain incongruities in the
episode to Twer. I asked him where the missionary came from in the midst of
the near-desolate tract we occupied at the time. I asked further where the
gigantic mob had come from with the nearest sizable town a hundred miles
away. The prosecution has paid no attention to such problems.

"Or to other points; for instance, the curious point of Jord Parma's
blatant conspicuousness. A missionary on Korell, risking his life in
defiance of both Korellian and Foundation law, parades about in a very new
and very distinctive priestly costume. There's something wrong there. At
the time, I suggested that the missionary was an unwitting accomplice of
the Commdor, who was using him in an attempt to force us into an act of
wildly illegal aggression, to justify, in law, his subsequent destruction
of our ship and of us.

"The prosecution has anticipated this justification of my actions. They
have expected me to explain that the safety of my ship, my crew, my mission
itself were at stake and could not be sacrificed for one man, when that man
would, in any case, have been destroyed, with us or without us. They reply
by muttering about the Foundation's 'honor' and the necessity of upholding
our 'dignity' in order to maintain our ascendancy.

"For some strange reason, however, the prosecution has neglected Jord Parma
himself, s an individual. They brought out no details concerning him;
neither his birthplace, nor his education, nor any detail of previous
history. The explanation of this will also explain the incongruities I have
pointed out in the Visual Record you have just seen. The two are connected.

"The prosecution has advanced no details concerning Jord Parma because it
cannot. That scene you saw by Visual Record seemed phoney because Jord
Parma was phoney. There never was a Jord Parma. This whole trial is the
biggest farce ever cooked up over an issue that never existed."

Once more he had to wait for the babble to die down. He said, slowly:

"I'm going to show you the enlargement of a single still from the Visual
Record. It will speak for itself. Lights again, Jael."

The chamber dimmed, and the empty air filled again with frozen figures in
ghostly, waxen illusion. The officers of the Far Star struck their stiff,
impossible attitudes. A gun pointed from Mallow's rigid hand. At his left,
the Revered Jord Parma, caught in mid-shriek, stretched his claws upward,
while the failing sleeves hung halfway.

And from the missionary's hand there was that little gleam that in the
previous showing had flashed and gone. It was a permanent glow now.

"Keep your eye on that light on his hand," called Mallow from the shadows.
"Enlarge that scene, Jael!"

The tableau bloated quickly. Outer portions fell away as the missionary
drew towards the center and became a giant. Then there was only a hand and
an arm, and then only a hand, which filled everything and remained there in
immense, hazy tautness.

The light had become a set of fuzzy, glowing letters: K S P.

"That," Mallow's voice boomed out, "is a sample of tatooing, gentlemen.
Under ordinary light it is invisible, but under ultraviolet light with
which I flooded the room in taking this Visual Record, it stands out in
high relief. I'll admit it is a naive method of secret identification, but
it works on Korell, where UV light is not to be found on street comers.
Even in our ship, detection was accidental.

"Perhaps some of you have already guessed what K S P stands for. Jord Parma
knew his priestly lingo well and did his job magnificently. Where he had
learned it, and how, I cannot say, but K S P stands for 'Korellian Secret
Police.'"

Mallow shouted over the tumult, roaring against the noise, "I have
collateral proof in the form of documents brought from Korell, which I can
present to the council if required.

"And where is now the prosecution's case? They have already made and
re-made the monstrous suggestion that I should have fought for the
missionary in defiance of the law, and sacrificed my mission, my ship, and
myself to the 'honor' of the Foundation.

"But to do it for an impostor?

"Should I have done it then for a Korellian secret agent tricked out in the
robes and verbal gymnastics probably borrowed of an Anacreonian exile?
Would Jorane Sutt and Publis Manlio have had me fall into a stupid, odious
trap

His hoarsened voice faded into the featureless background of a shouting
mob. He was being lifted onto shoulders, and carried to the mayor's bench.
Out the windows, he could see a torrent of madmen swarming into the square
to add to the thousands there already.

Mallow looked about for Ankor Jael, but it was impossible to find any
single face in the incoherence of the mass. Slowly he became aware of a
rhythmic, repeated shout, that was spreading from a small beginning, and
pulsing into insanity:

"Long live Mallow long live Mallow long live Mallow



15.

Ankor Jael blinked at Mallow out of a haggard face. The last two days had
been mad, sleepless ones.

"Mallow, you've put on a beautiful show, so don't spoil it by jumping too
high. You can't seriously consider running for mayor. Mob enthusiasm is a
powerful thing, but it's notoriously fickle."

"Exactly!" said Mallow, grimly, "so we must coddle it, and the best way to
do that is to continue the show."

"Now what?"

"You're to have Publis Manlio and Jorane Sutt arrested

"What!"

"Just what you hear. Have the mayor arrest them! I don't care what threats
you use. I control the mob, or today, at any rate. He won't dare face
them."

"But on what charge, man?"

"On the obvious one. They've been inciting the priesthood of the outer
planets to take sides in the factional quarrels of the Foundation. That's
illegal, by Seldon. Charge them with 'endangering the state.' And I don't
care about a conviction any more than they did in my case. Just get them
out of circulation until I'm mayor."

"It's half a year till election."

"Not too long!" Mallow was on his feet, and his sudden grip of Jael's arm
was tight. "Listen, I'd seize the government by force if I had to the way
Salvor Hardin did a hundred years ago. There's still that Seldon crisis
coming up, and when it comes I have to be mayor and high priest. Both!"

Jael's brow furrowed. He said, quietly, "What's it going to be? Korell,
after all?"

Mallow nodded, "Of course. They'll declare war, eventually, though I'm
betting it'll take another pair of years."

"With nuclear ships?"

"What do you think? Those three merchant ships we lost in their space
sector weren't knocked over with compressed-air pistols. Jael, they're
getting ships from the Empire itself. Don't open your mouth like a fool. I
said the Empire! It's still there, you know. It many be gone here in the
Periphery but in the Galactic center it's still very much alive. And one
false move means that it, itself, may be on our neck. That's why I must be
mayor and high priest. I'm the only man who knows how to fight the crisis."

Jael swallowed dryly, "How? What are you going to do?"

"Nothing."

Jael smiled uncertainly, "Really! All of that!"

But Mallow's answer was incisive, "When I'm boss of this Foundation, I'm
going to do nothing. One hundred percent of nothing, and that is the secret
of this crisis."



16.

Asper Argo, the Well-Beloved, Commdor of the Korellian Republic greeted his
wife's entry by a hangdog lowering of his scanty eyebrows. To her at least,
his self-adopted epithet did not apply. Even he knew that.

She said, in a voice as sleek as her hair and as cold as her eyes, "My
gracious lord, I understand, has finally come to a decision upon the fate
of the Foundation upstarts."

"Indeed?" said the Commdor, sourly. "And what more does your versatile
understanding embrace?"

"Enough, my very noble husband. You had another of your vacillating
consultations with your councilors. Fine advisors." With infinite scorn, "A
herd of palsied purblind idiots hugging their sterile profits close to
their sunken chests in the face of my father's displeasure."

"And who, my dear," was the mild response, "is the excellent source from
which your understanding understands all this?"

The Commdora laughed shortly, "If I told you, my source would be more
corpse than source."

"Well, you'll have your own way, as always." The Commdor shrugged and
turned away. "And as for your father's displeasure: I much fear me it
extends to a niggardly refusal to supply more ships."

"More ships!" She blazed away, hotly, "And haven't you five? Don't deny it.
I know you have five; and a sixth is promised."

"Promised for the last year."

"But one just one can blast that Foundation into stinking rubble. Just
one! One, to sweep their little pygmy boats out of space."

"I couldn't attack their planet, even with a dozen."

"And how long would their planet hold out with their trade ruined, and
their cargoes of toys and trash destroyed?" "Those toys and trash mean
money," he sighed. "A good deal of money."

"But if you had the Foundation itself, would you not have all it
contained'? And if you had my father's respect and gratitude, would you not
have more than ever the Foundation could give you? It's been three years more since that barbarian came with his magic sideshow. It's long
enough."

"My dear!" The Commdor turned and faced her. "I am growing old. I am weary.
I lack the resilience to withstand your rattling mouth. You say you know
that I have decided. Well, I have. It is over, and there is war between
Korell and the Foundation."

"Well!" The Commdora's figure expanded and her eyes sparkled, "You learned
wisdom at last, though in your dotage. And now when you are master of this
hinterland, you may be sufficiently respectable to be of some weight and
importance in the Empire. For one thing, we might leave this barbarous
world and attend the viceroy's court. Indeed we might."

She swept out, with a smile, and a hand on her hip. Her hair gleamed in the
light.

The Commdor waited, and then said to the closed door, with malignance and
hate, "And when I am master of what you call the hinterland, I may be
sufficiently respectable to do without your father's arrogance and his
daughter's tongue. Completely without!"



17.

The senior lieutenant of the Dark Nebula stared in horror at the visiplate.

"Great Galloping Galaxies!" It should have been a howl, but it was a
whisper instead, "What's that?"

It was a ship, but a whale to the Dark Nebula's minnow; and on its side was
the Spaceship-and-Sun of the Empire. Every alarm on the ship yammered
hysterically.

The orders went out, and the Dark Nebula prepared to run if it could, and
fight if it must, hile down in the hyperwave room, a message stormed its
way through hyperspace to the Foundation.

Over and over again! Partly a plea for help, but mainly a warning of
danger.



18.

Hober Mallow shuffled his feet wearily as he leafed through the reports.
Two years of the mayoralty had made him a bit more housebroken, a bit
softer, a bit more patient, ut it had not made him learn to like
government reports and the mind-breaking officialese in which they were
written.

"How many ships did they get?" asked Jael.

"Four trapped on the ground. Two unreported. All others accounted for and
safe." Mallow grunted, "We should have done better, but it's just a
scratch."

There was no answer and Mallow looked up, "Does anything worry you?"

"I wish Sutt would get here," was the almost irrelevant answer.

"Ah, yes, and now we'll hear another lecture on the home front."

"No, we won't," snapped Jael, "but you're stubborn, Mallow. You may have
worked out the foreign situation to the last detail but you've never given
a care about what goes on here on the home planet."

"Well, that's your job, isn't it? What did I make you Minister of Education
and Propaganda for?"

"Obviously to send me to an early and miserable grave, for all the
co-operation you give me. For the last year, I've been deafening you with
the rising danger of Sutt and his Religionists. What good will your plans
be, if Sutt forces a special election and has you thrown out?"

"None, I admit."

"And your speech last night just about handed the election to Sutt with a
smile and a pat. Was there any necessity for being so frank?"

"Isn't there such a thing as stealing Sutt's thunder?"

"No," said Jael, violently, "not the way you did it. You claim to have
foreseen everything, and don't explain why you traded with Korell to their
exclusive benefit for three years. Your only plan of battle is to retire
without a battle. You abandon all trade with the sectors of space near
Korell. You openly proclaim a stalemate. You promise no offensive, even in
the future. Galaxy, Mallow, what am I supposed to do with such a mess?"

"It lacks glamor?"

"It lacks mob emotion-appeal."

"Same thing."

"Mallow, wake up. You have two alternatives. Either you present the people
with a dynamic foreign policy, whatever your private plans are, or you make
some sort of compromise with Sutt."

Mallow said, "All right, if I've failed the first, let's try the second.
Sutt's just arrived."

Sutt and Mallow had not met personally since the day of the trial, two
years back. Neither detected any change in the other, except for that
subtle atmosphere about each which made it quite evident that the roles of
ruler and defier had changed.

Sutt took his seat without shaking hands.

Mallow offered a cigar and said, "Mind if Jael stays? He wants a compromise
earnestly. He can act as mediator if tempers rise."

Sutt shrugged, "A compromise will be well for you. Upon another occasion I
once asked you to state your terms. I presume the positions are reversed
now."

"You presume correctly."

"Then there are my terms. You must abandon your blundering policy of
economic bribery and trade in gadgetry, and return to the tested foreign
policy of our fathers."

"You mean conquest by missionary."

"Exactly."

"No compromise short of that?"

"None."

"Um-m-m." Mallow lit up very slowly and inhaled the tip of his cigar into a
bright glow. "In Hardin's time, when conquest by missionary was new and
radical, men like yourself opposed it. Now it is tried, tested, hallowed,
verything a Jorane Sutt would find well. But, tell me, how would you get
us out of our present mess?"

"Your present mess. I had nothing to do with it."

"Consider the question suitably modified."

"A strong offensive is indicated. The stalemate you seem to be satisfied
with is fatal. It would be a confession of weakness to all the worlds of
the Periphery, where the appearance of strength is all-important, and
there's not one vulture among them that wouldn't join the assault for its
share of the corpse. You ought to understand that. You're from Smyrno,
aren't you?"

Mallow passed over the significance of the remark. He said, "And if you
beat Korell, what of the Empire? That is the real enemy."

Sutt's narrow smile tugged at the comers of his mouth, "Oh, no, your
records of your visit to Siwenna were complete. The viceroy of the
Normannic Sector is interested in creating dissension in the Periphery for
his own benefit, but only as a side issue. He isn't going to stake
everything on an expedition to the Galaxy's rim when he has fifty hostile
neighbors and an emperor to rebel against. I paraphrase your own words."

"Oh, yes he might, Sutt, if he thinks we're strong enough to be dangerous.
And he might think so, if we destroy Korell by the main force of frontal
attack. We'd have to be considerably more subtle."

"As for instance

Mallow leaned back, "Sutt, I'll give you your chance. I don't need you, but
I can use you. So I'll tell you what it's all about, and then you can
either join me and receive a place in a coalition cabinet, or you can play
the martyr and rot in jail."

"Once before you tried that last trick."

"Not very hard, Sutt. The right time has only just come. Now listen."
Mallow's eyes narrowed.

"When I first landed on Korell," he began, A bribed the Commdor with the
trinkets and gadgets that form the trader's usual stock. At the start,
that. was meant only to get us entrance into a steel foundry. I had no plan
further than that, but in that I succeeded. I got what I wanted. But it was
only after my visit to the Empire that I first realized exactly what a
weapon I could build that trade into.

"This is a Seldon crisis we're facing, Sutt, and Seldon crises are not
solved by individuals but by historic forces. Hari Seldon, when he planned
our course of future history, did not count on brilliant heroics but on the
broad sweeps of economics and sociology. So the solutions to the various
crises must be achieved by the forces that become available to us at the
time.

"In this case, rade!"

Sutt raised his eyebrows skeptically and took advantage of the pause, "I
hope I am not of subnormal intelligence, but the fact is that your vague
lecture isn't very illuminating."

"It will become so," said Mallow. "Consider that until now the power of
trade has been underestimated. It has been thought that it took a
priesthood under our control to make it a powerful weapon. That is not so,
and this is my contribution to the Galactic situation. Trade without
priests! Trade alone! It is strong enough. Let us become very simple and
specific. Korell is now at war with us. Consequently our trade with her has
stopped. But, otice that I am making this as simple as a problem in
addition, n the past three years she has based her economy more and more
upon the nuclear techniques which we have introduced and which only we can
continue to supply. Now what do you suppose will happen once the tiny
nuclear generators begin failing, and one gadget after another goes out of
commission?

"The small household appliances go first. After a half a year of this
stalemate that you abhor, a woman's nuclear knife won't work any more. Her
stove begins failing. Her washer doesn't do a good job. The
temperature-humidity control in her house dies on a hot summer day. What
happens?"

He paused for an answer, and Sutt said calmly, "Nothing. People endure a
good deal in war."

"Very true. They do. They'll send their sons out in unlimited numbers to
die horribly on broken spaceships. They'll bear up under enemy bombardment,
if it means they have to live on stale bread and foul water in caves half a
mile deep. But it's very hard to bear up under little things when the
patriotic uplift of imminent danger is not present. It's going to, be a
stalemate. There will be no casualties, no bombardments, no battles.

"There will just be a knife that won't cut, and a stove that won't cook,
and a house that freezes in the winter. It will be annoying, and people
will grumble."

Sutt said slowly, wonderingly, "Is that what you're setting your hopes on,
man? What do you expect? A housewives' rebellion? A Jacquerie? A sudden
uprising of butchers and grocers with their cleavers and bread-knives
shouting 'Give us back our Automatic Super-Kleeno Nuclear Washing
Machines.'"

"No, sir," said Mallow, impatiently, "I do not. I expect, however, a
general background of grumbling and dissatisfaction which will be seized on
by more important figures later on."

"And what more important figures are these?"

"The manufacturers, the factory owners, the industrialists of Korell. When
two years of the stalemate have gone, the machines in the factories will,
one by one, begin to fail. Those industries which we have changed from
first to last with our new nuclear gadgets will find themselves very
suddenly ruined. The heavy industries will find themselves, en masse and at
a stroke, the owners of nothing but scrap machinery that won't work."

"The factories ran well enough before you came there, Mallow."

"Yes, Sutt, so they did at about one-twentieth the profits, even if you
leave out of consideration the cost of reconversion to the original
pre-nuclear state. With the industrialist and financier and the average man
all against him, how long will the Commdor hold out?"

"As long as he pleases, as soon as it occurs to him to get new nuclear
generators from the Empire."

And Mallow laughed joyously, "You've missed, Sutt, missed as badly as the
Commdor himself. You've missed everything, and understood nothing. Look,
man, the Empire can replace nothing. The Empire has always been a realm of
colossal resources. They've calculated everything in planets, in stellar
systems, in whole sectors of the Galaxy. Their generators are gigantic
because they thought in gigantic fashion.

"But we, we , our little Foundation, our single world almost without
metallic resources, ave had to work with brute economy. Our generators
have had to be the size of our thumb, because it was all the metal we could
afford. We had to develop new techniques and new methods, echniques and
methods the Empire can't follow because they have degenerated past the
stage where they can make any really vital scientific advance.

"With all their nuclear shields, large enough to protect a ship, a city, an
entire world; they could never build one to protect a single man. To supply
light and heat to a city, they have motors six stories high, saw them where ours could fit into this room. And when I told one of their nuclear
specialists that a lead container the size of a walnut contained a nuclear
generator, he almost choked with indignation on the spot.

"Why, they don't even understand their own colossi any longer. The machines
work from generation to generation automatically, and the caretakers are a
hereditary caste who would be helpless if a single D-tube in all that vast
structure burnt out.

"The whole war is a battle between those two systems, between the Empire
and the Foundation; between the big and the little. To seize control of a
world, they bribe with immense ships that can make war, but lack all
economic significance. We, on the other hand, bribe with little things,
useless in war, but vital to prosperity and profits.

"A king, or a Commdor, will take the ships and even make war. Arbitrary
rulers throughout history have bartered their subjects' welfare for what
they consider honor, and glory, and conquest. But it's still the little
things in life that count and Asper Argo won't stand up against the
economic depression that will sweep all Korell in two or three years."

Sutt was at the window, his back to Mallow and Jael. It was early evening
now, and the few stars that struggled feebly here at the very rim of the
Galaxy sparked against the background of the misty, wispy Lens that
included the remnants of that Empire, still vast, that fought against them.

Sutt said, "No. You are not the man."

"You don't believe me?"

"I mean I don't trust you. You're smooth-tongued. You befooled me properly
when I thought I had you under proper care on your first trip to Korell.
When I thought I had you cornered at the trial, you wormed your way out of
it and into the mayor's chair by demagoguery. There is nothing straight
about you; no motive that hasn't another behind it; no statement that
hasn't three meanings.

"Suppose you were a traitor. Suppose your visit to the Empire had brought
you a subsidy and a promise of power. Your actions would be precisely what
they are now. You would bring about a war after having strengthened the
enemy. You would force the Foundation into inactivity. And you would
advance a plausible explanation of everything, one so plausible it would
convince everyone."

"You mean there'll be no compromise?" asked Mallow, gently.

"I mean you must get out, by free will or force."

"I warned you of the only alternative to co-operation."

Jorane Sutt's face congested with blood in a sudden access of emotion. "And
I warn you, Hober Mallow of Smyrno, that if you arrest me, there will be no
quarter. My men will stop nowhere in spreading the truth about you, and the
common people of the Foundation will unite against their foreign ruler.
They have a consciousness of destiny that a Smyrnian can never understand and that consciousness will destroy you."

Hober Mallow said quietly to the two guards who had entered, "Take him
away. He's under arrest."

Sutt said, "Your last chance."

Mallow stubbed out his cigar and never looked up.

And five minutes later, Jael stirred and said, wearily, "Well, now that
you've made a martyr for the cause, what next?"

Mallow stopped playing with the ash tray and looked up, "That's not the
Sutt I used to know. He's a blood-blind bull. Galaxy, he hates me."

"All the more dangerous then."

"More dangerous? Nonsense! He's lost all power of judgement."

Jael said grimly, "You're overconfident, Mallow. You're ignoring the
possibility of a popular rebellion."

Mallow looked up, grim in his turn, "Once and for all, Jael, there is no
possibility of a popular rebellion."

"You're sure of yourself!"

"I'm sure of the Seldon crisis and the historical validity of their
solutions, externally and internally. There are some things I didn't tell
Suit right now. He tried to control the Foundation itself by religious
forces as he controlled the outer worlds, and he failed, hich is the
surest sign that in the Seldon scheme, religion is played out.

"Economic control worked differently. And to paraphrase that famous Salvor
Hardin quotation of yours, it's a poor nuclear blaster that won't point
both ways. If Korell prospered with our trade, so did we. If Korellian
factories fail without our trade; and if the prosperity of the outer worlds
vanishes with commercial isolation; so will our factories fail and our
prosperity vanish.

"And there isn't a factory, not a trading center. not a shipping line that
isn't under my control; that I couldn't squeeze to nothing if Sutt attempts
revolutionary propaganda. Where his propaganda succeeds, or even looks as
though it might succeed, I will make certain that prosperity dies. Where it
fails, prosperity will continue, because my factories will remain fully
staffed.

"So by the same reasoning which makes me sure that the Korellians will
revolt in favor of prosperity, I am sure we will not revolt against it. The
game will be played out to its end."

"So then," said Jael, "you're establishing a plutocracy. You're making us a
land of traders and merchant princes. Then what of the future?"

Mallow lifted his gloomy face, and exclaimed fiercely, "What business of
mine is the future? No doubt Seldon has foreseen it and prepared against
it. There will be other crises in the time to come when money power has
become as dead a force as religion is now. Let my successors solve those
new problems, as I have solved the one of today."

KORELL..And so after three years of a war which was certainly the most
unfought war on record, the Republic of Korell surrendered unconditionally,
and Hober Mallow took his place next to Hari Seldon and Salvor Hardin in
the hearts of the people of the Foundation.

ENCYCLOPEDIA GALACTICA





ABOUT THE AUTHOR

Isaac Asimov was born in the Soviet Union to his great surprise. He moved
quickly to correct the situation. When his parents emigrated to the United
States, Isaac (three years old at the time) stowed away in their baggage.
He has been an American citizen since the age of eight.

Brought up in Brooklyn, and educated in its public schools, he eventually
found his way to Columbia University and, over the protests of the school
administration, managed to annex a series of degrees in chemistry, up to
and including a Ph.D. He then infiltrated Boston University and climbed the
academic ladder, ignoring all cries of outrage, until he found himself
Professor of Biochemistry.

Meanwhile, at the age of nine, he found the love of his life (in the
inanimate sense) when he discovered his first science-fiction magazine. By
the time he was eleven, he began to write stories, and at eighteen, he
actually worked up the nerve to submit one. It was rejected. After four
long months of tribulation and suffering, he sold his first story and,
thereafter, he never looked back.

In 1941, when he was twenty-one years old, he wrote the classic short story
"Nightfall" and his future was assured. Shortly before that he had begun
writing his robot stories, and shortly after that he had begun his
Foundation series.

What was left except quantity? At the present time, he has published over
260 books, distributed through every major division of the Dewey system of
library classification, and shows no signs of slowing up. He remains as
youthful, as lively, and as lovable as ever, and grows more handsome with
each year. You can be sure that this is so since he has written this little
essay himself and his devotion to absolute objectivity is notorious.

He is married to Janet Jeppson, psychiatrist and writer, has two children
by a previous marriage, and lives in New York City.






搜尋引擎讓我們程式搜尋結果更加完美
  • 如果您覺得該文件有幫助到您,煩請按下我
  • 如果您覺得該文件是一個一無是處的文件,也煩請按下我

  • 搜尋引擎該文件您看起來是亂碼嗎?您可以切換編碼方式試試看!ISO-8859-1 | latin1 | euc-kr | euc-jp | CP936 | CP950 | UTF-8 | GB2312 | BIG5 |
    搜尋引擎本文件可能涉及色情、暴力,按我申請移除該文件

    搜尋引擎網址長?按我產生分享用短址

    ©2024 JSEMTS

    https://tw.search.yahoo.com/search;_ylt=A8tUwZJ2QE1YaVcAUmFr1gt.;_ylc=X1MDMjExNDcwNTAwMwRfcgMyBGZyA3lmcC10LTkwMC1zLXR3BGdwcmlkAwRuX3JzbHQDMARuX3N1Z2cDMARvcmlnaW4DdHcuc2VhcmNoLnlhaG9vLmNvbQRwb3MDMARwcXN0cgMEcHFzdHJsAwRxc3RybAM4NARxdWVyeQMlRTglQjYlODUlRTUlOEYlQUYlRTYlODQlOUIlRTclOUElODQlRTUlQUYlQjYlRTUlQUYlQjYlMjAlRTglODMlQTElRTUlQUUlODklRTUlQTglOUMEdF9zdG1wAzE0ODE0NTc3OTM-?p=%E8%B6%85%E5%8F%AF%E6%84%9B%E7%9A%84%E5%AF%B6%E5%AF%B6+%E8%83%A1%E5%AE%89%E5%A8%9C&fr2=sb-top-tw.search&fr=yfp-t-900-s-tw&rrjfid=4615342 https://tw.search.yahoo.com/search;_ylt=A8tUwZJ2QE1YaVcAUmFr1gt.;_ylc=X1MDMjExNDcwNTAwMwRfcgMyBGZyA3lmcC10LTkwMC1zLXR3BGdwcmlkAwRuX3JzbHQDMARuX3N1Z2cDMARvcmlnaW4DdHcuc2VhcmNoLnlhaG9vLmNvbQRwb3MDMARwcXN0cgMEcHFzdHJsAwRxc3RybAM4NARxdWVyeQMlRTglQjYlODUlRTUlOEYlQUYlRTYlODQlOUIlRTclOUElODQlRTUlQUYlQjYlRTUlQUYlQjYlMjAlRTglODMlQTElRTUlQUUlODklRTUlQTglOUMEdF9zdG1wAzE0ODE0NTc3OTM-?p=%E8%B6%85%E5%8F%AF%E6%84%9B%E7%9A%84%E5%AF%B6%E5%AF%B6+%E8%83%A1%E5%AE%89%E5%A8%9C&fr2=sb-top-tw.search&fr=yfp-t-900-s-tw&rrjfid=2937825 https://tw.search.yahoo.com/search;_ylt=A8tUwZJ2QE1YaVcAUmFr1gt.;_ylc=X1MDMjExNDcwNTAwMwRfcgMyBGZyA3lmcC10LTkwMC1zLXR3BGdwcmlkAwRuX3JzbHQDMARuX3N1Z2cDMARvcmlnaW4DdHcuc2VhcmNoLnlhaG9vLmNvbQRwb3MDMARwcXN0cgMEcHFzdHJsAwRxc3RybAM4NARxdWVyeQMlRTglQjYlODUlRTUlOEYlQUYlRTYlODQlOUIlRTclOUElODQlRTUlQUYlQjYlRTUlQUYlQjYlMjAlRTglODMlQTElRTUlQUUlODklRTUlQTglOUMEdF9zdG1wAzE0ODE0NTc3OTM-?p=%E8%B6%85%E5%8F%AF%E6%84%9B%E7%9A%84%E5%AF%B6%E5%AF%B6+%E8%83%A1%E5%AE%89%E5%A8%9C&fr2=sb-top-tw.search&fr=yfp-t-900-s-tw&rrjfid=3690863 https://tw.search.yahoo.com/search;_ylt=A8tUwZJ2QE1YaVcAUmFr1gt.;_ylc=X1MDMjExNDcwNTAwMwRfcgMyBGZyA3lmcC10LTkwMC1zLXR3BGdwcmlkAwRuX3JzbHQDMARuX3N1Z2cDMARvcmlnaW4DdHcuc2VhcmNoLnlhaG9vLmNvbQRwb3MDMARwcXN0cgMEcHFzdHJsAwRxc3RybAM4NARxdWVyeQMlRTglQjYlODUlRTUlOEYlQUYlRTYlODQlOUIlRTclOUElODQlRTUlQUYlQjYlRTUlQUYlQjYlMjAlRTglODMlQTElRTUlQUUlODklRTUlQTglOUMEdF9zdG1wAzE0ODE0NTc3OTM-?p=%E8%B6%85%E5%8F%AF%E6%84%9B%E7%9A%84%E5%AF%B6%E5%AF%B6+%E8%83%A1%E5%AE%89%E5%A8%9C&fr2=sb-top-tw.search&fr=yfp-t-900-s-tw&rrjfid=4652235 https://tw.search.yahoo.com/search;_ylt=A8tUwYgkQU1YcXoAUE9r1gt.;_ylc=X1MDMjExNDcwNTAwMwRfcgMyBGZyA3lmcC10LTkwMC10dwRncHJpZAMxWU5tY2FYMVFGQ2ZvUXZGN1N0bzVBBG5fcnNsdAMwBG5fc3VnZwMwBG9yaWdpbgN0dy5zZWFyY2gueWFob28uY29tBHBvcwMwBHBxc3RyAwRwcXN0cmwDBHFzdHJsAzQ4BHF1ZXJ5AyVFNiVBRCVBMSVFNiVBRCU4QyUyMCVFNSVCMCU4OCVFNiU4MyU4NSVFNSU5QyU5OAR0X3N0bXADMTQ4MTQ1Nzk3Ng--?p=%E6%AD%A1%E6%AD%8C+%E5%B0%88%E6%83%85%E5%9C%98&fr2=sb-top-tw.search&fr=yfp-t-900-tw&rrjfid=3599717 https://tw.search.yahoo.com/search;_ylt=A8tUwZJ2QE1YaVcAUmFr1gt.;_ylc=X1MDMjExNDcwNTAwMwRfcgMyBGZyA3lmcC10LTkwMC1zLXR3BGdwcmlkAwRuX3JzbHQDMARuX3N1Z2cDMARvcmlnaW4DdHcuc2VhcmNoLnlhaG9vLmNvbQRwb3MDMARwcXN0cgMEcHFzdHJsAwRxc3RybAM4NARxdWVyeQMlRTglQjYlODUlRTUlOEYlQUYlRTYlODQlOUIlRTclOUElODQlRTUlQUYlQjYlRTUlQUYlQjYlMjAlRTglODMlQTElRTUlQUUlODklRTUlQTglOUMEdF9zdG1wAzE0ODE0NTc3OTM-?p=%E8%B6%85%E5%8F%AF%E6%84%9B%E7%9A%84%E5%AF%B6%E5%AF%B6+%E8%83%A1%E5%AE%89%E5%A8%9C&fr2=sb-top-tw.search&fr=yfp-t-900-s-tw&rrjfid=7199978